Bright Choice. Bright Future.
jJiJi
The Mission
The mission of Lycoming College is to
provide a distinguished baccalaureate educa-
tion in the liberal aits. This is achieved within
a coeducational, supportive, residential setting
through programs that develop communication
and critical thinking skills; foster self-aware-
ness while increasing receptivity to new
concepts and perspectives; explore literary and
scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic
sensibility; elicit social responsibility; promote
racial inclusiveness, gender equality, and an
appreciation of cultural diversity; and produce
leadership for the institutions of society. Each
student is encouraged to develop and
strengthen virtues and traits of character that
enable, ennoble, and emancipate the human
spirit while deepening commitment to those
values that undergird civilization.
Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of
the Middle States Associafion of Colleges and
Schools, and the University Senate of The
United Methodist Church. It is a member of
the Association of American Colleges and
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for
Independent Colleges and Universities, the
National Commission on Accrediting and the
National Association of Schools and Colleges
of The United Methodist Church, i
Also, the Department of Chemistry is
approved by the American Chemical Society to
certify upon graduation those students who
meet or exceed the requirements established by
the Society for membership. The departments
of Accounting and Business Administration
are accredited by the Association of Collegiate
Business Schools and Programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CONTENTS
Contents
Academic Calendar, 2004-2005 2
Welcome to Lycoming 4
The Campus 6
Admission to Lycoming 10
Financial Matters 13
Student Affairs 22
Academic Policies And Regulations 25
The Academic Program 32
The Curriculum 52
The Board of Trustees 166
Administrative Staff/Faculty 167
The Alumni Association 184
Index 186
Communication With
Lycoming College
The general regulations and policies stated in this
catalog are in effect for the 2004-05 academic year.
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College
in the fall of 2004 or the spring of 2005 are thereafter
governed by the policies stated in this catalog.
If changes are made in subsequent editions of the
catalog to either distribution requirements or major
requirements, students have the option of following their
original program or a subsequent catalog version, but the
College always reserves the right to determine which
requirements apply.
If a student interrupts his or her education but returns to
the College after no more than one academic year has
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws
from the College for more than one year will, upon return,
be required to complete the requirements currently
imposed upon other students of the same academic level.
A student who transfers to the College with advanced
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have attained the same
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be subject
to the requirements stated on page 32.
Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog
without prior notice to those who may be affected by
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant
and/or the student and Lycoming College.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
ACADEMIC Calendar 2004 -
-2005
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Bills are due
August 13
December 17
Residence halls open for freshmen
August 27 at 9 a.m.
January 9 at 8 a.m.
Residence halls open for upperclassmen
August 28 at 10 a.m.
January 9 at 8 a.m.
Classes begin first period
August 30
January 10
Processing of drop/add begins
August 30
January 10
Re-registration fee of $25 applies
after this date
September 3
January 14
Last day for drop/add
September 3
January 14
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
September 3
January 14
Last day for submission of final grades for
courses for which Incomplete grades were
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms
October 8
Last day for submission of final grades
for courses for which Incomplete
grades were recorded in Fall semester
February 18
Early Assessment reports due at noon
October 1 1
February 21
Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for
spring recess
February 25
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
March 6
Classes resume first period after
spring recess
March 7
Enrollment deposit deadline
March 8
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
•
Fall Semester
•
Spring Semester
Last day to withdraw from courses
November 1
March 21
Last days to withdraw from
half semester courses.
1st 7 weeks
2nd 7 weeks
September 29
November 17
February 9
April 6
Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for
Thanksgiving recess
November 23
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
November 28
Classes resume first period after
Thanksgiving
November 29
Final examinations begin
December 13
April 25
Semester ends at 5:00 p.m.
December 17
April 29
Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m.
December 17
April 29
SP
May Term
ECIAL SESSIC
Summer
Session #1
)NS
Summer
Session #2
Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m.
May 8
June 5
July 10
Classes begin
May 9
June 6
July 11
Last day for drop/add
May 10
June 8
July 13
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
May 10
June 8
July 13
Last day to withdraw from courses
May 25
June 27
August 1
Temi ends
June 3
July 8
August 12
Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m.
June 3
July 8
August 12
Special dates to remember:
Freshman First Weekend August 27, 28, 29
New Student Convocation August 27
Labor Day (classes in session) September 6
Homecoming Weekend September 17-19
Science Saturday October 2
FamilyWeekend October 8-10
Long Weekend (no classes) October 15-17
Admissions Open House October 23
Admissions Open House November 13
Thanksgiving Recess November 23-28
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Admissions Open House February 12
Spring Recess February 25 - March 6
Good Friday (no classes) March 25
Accepted Students Day April 3
Honors Convocation April 10
Baccalaureate May 7
Commencement May 8
Memorial Day (no classes) May 30
Independence Day (no classes) July 4
LYCOMING COLLEGE
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
Welcome To Lycoming College
Lycoming College is a liberal arts and
sciences college dedicated to providing the
type of learning that can be used for a lifetime
in a supportive, residential environment that
fosters individual growth and close interper-
sonal relationships.
U.S. News and World Report has recog-
nized the Carnegie reclassification of Lycom-
ing. The College is one of the national liberal
arts colleges in the United States. It is
something that Lycoming alumni have quietly
known for years. The reasons are simple.
All of Lycoming's resources and faculty are
dedicated to the undergraduate education of
just 1500 students. Classes are small and all
faculty members teach. With a 1 3 to 1 ratio of
students to faculty, classes of five or ten
students are not uncommon, while even large
introductory courses average about 30
students. This means abundant opportunities
for individual attention by a faculty truly
committed to teaching. The average gradua-
tion rate for first time freshmen is 66%.
Lycoming students are superbly prepared
to meet the challenges of life through an
academic program that includes both breadth
of study in the humanities, arts, social sciences
and natural sciences and depth of study in at
least one area of concentration.
Those areas of concentration include
bachelor of arts degree in 3 1 major fields, and
a bachelor of science degree in four major fields.
Those who intend to continue in medicine,
dentistiy, law, the ministry or teaching will find
excellent preprofessional preparation.
Through a number of cooperative programs
with other colleges and universities, Lycoming
students can study engineering, forestry,
environment, podiatric medicine, optometry,
and medical technology — while still enjoying
L YCOM ING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
the benefits of a small college experience.
They can also study at Oxford Brookes
University in Oxford, England; Anglia
Polytechnic University in Cambridge, En-
gland; Regent's College in London, England;
Lancaster University, Lancaster, England;
CUEF Universite Stendhal-Grenoble 3 in
Grenoble, France; Tandem International
School in Madrid, Spain, and Estudio
Sampere at El Puerto de Santo Maria and
Madrid, Spain; or spend a semester in
Washington, D.C., or New York City through
a number of other cooperative programs.
One of Lycoming's most popular and
successful ways of blending career planning
with a liberal arts education is through its
internship program. Close to one-third of
Lycoming students gain real job experience as
part of a semester course load. The
Williamsport area is particularly rich in
internship opportunities in business, communi-
cation, government, health and social services.
The close relationship between the College
and the community has given Lycoming
students a chance to roll up their sleeves and
gain resume-enhancing experience rather than
mere observation.
Most students complete their program of
study in four years, usually by taking four
courses each fall and spring semester. How-
ever, students may take one course during
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two
courses in each Summer Term.
Perhaps one of the most important
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of commu-
nity. Lycoming is a truly residential college
where all students, with the exception of close
commuters, live on campus in one of the
College's residence halls or apartments.
The quality of campus life is enriched by
a variety of extracurricular activities in which
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership
training.
Students produce a newspaper, run the
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount
theatre productions, participate in a nationally
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as
organize and manage their own social fraterni-
ties and sororities, special interest clubs and
campus-wide social events.
Student athletes can try out for 19 differ-
ent varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women)
or participate in the College's strong intramu-
ral program.
Students are admitted free to productions
at the Community Arts Center. Student-run
programs have brought in Adam Sandler,
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray and Brian Adams.
Lycoming's campus lies near the historic
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and
the site of its annual international champion-
ship. The greater metro area has a population
of approximately 75,000.
The rolling hills and forestlands of
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the
state's best scenery, as well as hiking,
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four-
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., Bahimore, and Pittsburgh.
The College enjoys a relationship with the
United Methodist Church and supports its
tradition of providing an education to persons
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its
students to work together in an atmosphere of
respect and tolerance.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY • THE CAMPUS
•
HISTORY
The history of Lycoming College has been
one of continual evolution. The institution
has been, at one time or another, an elemen-
tary and secondary school, a seminary, a
junior college and at present a four-year
liberal arts college — going through three name
changes in the process. Sold by an indepen-
dent board to the Methodists (who bought it
as a source of revenue), it is today an indepen-
dent non-profit, private college, affiliated with
the United Methodist Church.
Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in
America — when it was founded as the
Williamsport Academy, that city's first
elementary and secondary school. The school
was administered by a Board of Trustees
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians.
By 1848, Williamsport had its own public
school system well in place, and the private
school was becoming a financial burden. A
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H.
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the
school. They named the institution Dickinson
Seminary and offered college preparatory
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the
school's true founder.
The seminary operated as a private
boarding school until 1929 when a college
curriculum was added and it became the
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the
first private junior college in Pennsylvania.
In 1947, the junior college became a four-
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming,
derived from the American Indian word
"lacomic," meaning "Great Stream," a name
that enjoys local popularity as the name of the
county, a township and a creek.
In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming
College continues to expand its programs and
improve its academic excellence with each
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin-
guished baccalaureate education to every
student entering its doors.
The Campus
Twenty-one buildings sit on Lycoming's
35-acre campus. Most buildings have been
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic
field and football stadium lie a few blocks
north of the main campus.
Modem buildings include the eight
residence halls, which contain clean and
comfortable double rooms; the student union;
and the physical education/recreation center.
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center,
an electronic music studio, a photography
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the
physical education center opened in 1980. An
arts center was renovated and opened in
1 983. The Heim Biology and Chemistry
Building opened in 1990.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
•
Residence Halls
Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The
United Methodist Church in the United States,
who made the circuit through the upper
Susquehanna District in 1812, the year
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy)
opened its doors. Asbury Hall houses fresh-
man students in a co-educational environment.
Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's
founder and first financial agent, the Rev.
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1 848.
East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The
self-contained units contain student rooms and
a chapter room.
Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs.
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose
generosity established the memorial.
Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health
services, dining services office, security,
residence life, and buildings and grounds. Rich
is an all female hall.
Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes-
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses
freshmen in a co-educational environment.
Wesley Hall (1956) Honors John Wesley,
the founder of Methodism. This building
houses a number of Greek organizations, as
well as independent students.
Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A.
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose
bequest established the memorial.
Academic Buildings
Academic Center (1968) — The most
architecturally impressive complex on campus,
the Center is composed of four buildings: the
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle
Hall, the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laborato-
ries, and the faculty office building.
John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968)
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library
supports the classroom and research needs of
the college community. An active instruction
program promotes the use of print materials,
web accessed academic infonnation resources,
and other information technologies. The
collection includes more than 180,000 vol-
umes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, and
a strong reference collection suitable to an
undergraduate education. The Snowden
Memorial Library also houses the Lycoming
College Archives and the archives of the
Central Pennsylvania Conference of the United
Methodist Church.
Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest
comer of the first floor of the John G. Snowden
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits
year-round, including shows of student work.
Information Technology Services/Computer
Center (1969) — www.lycoming.edu/it
Lycoming College provides at least one
computer network access point in each class-
room, office, and for each student on campus.
In addition the Snowden Library and other key
areas have wireless network access. Students
have access to a variety of on-campus and
worldwide resources through the network.
The College maintains five public use
computer labs, four labs populated with
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers.
The Windows labs utilize several popular
software packages, such as Office 2003 (Word,
Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 2003),
Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The Graphics
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS
•
Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, PageMaker,
Photoshop, Quark XPress, Illustrator,
FrontPage 2002, Macromedia Director and
DreamWeaver. Laser printing and CD/RW
drives are available in all labs, with scanning
available in the Graphics Lab.
Lycoming College maintains a site on the
World Wide Web where our URL is
www.Iycoming.edu. Any student who is
enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail
account as well as a network account with
disk space for a personal Website and
common files. These are backed up daily.
Academic departments maintain home pages
and resources under the Lycoming College
home page(s). Many faculty post departmen-
tal home pages and communicate with their
students by e-mail.
Any student living in a residence hall can
become part of the Residential Networking
Program, ResNet. They then have direct
access to the Lycoming network and the
Internet. Students need properly configured
computers to give them access to e-mail and
the World Wide Web from their rooms.
A Linux server provides access to a variety
of different software packages to students in
the Mathematical and Computer Sciences.
ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus.
To join the Residential Networking Program,
ResNet, a student must have a computer that
meets a minimal set of standards. A laptop
computer with wireless is highly encouraged,
and discounts are available through the
College Bookstore. ResNet is part of a single
consolidated Technology Fee of $165 per
semester that will cover your access to
ResNet, cable TV and the telephone basic fee.
For full instructions you can go to
www.Iycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm.
Video Conference Facility (1995) - The
College maintains a specially equipped video-
conference facility that provides access to
courses, lectures and resources that would
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part of
a consortium of schools that uses this tech-
nology to enhance educational opportunities.
Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This
computer lab features state-of-the-art
Macintosh and Windows XP graphic stations
equipped with animation, photographic
imaging, paint and draw programs for both
fine arts and commercial design students,
along with desktop publishing and a number
of other programs for general use. Most
programs are updated armually.
Wendle Hail and Laboratories (1968) —
Named after the George Wendle family, a
College benefactor, this building contains 2 1
classrooms, the psychology laboratories, four
computer laboratories with 75 terminals
available for use, and spacious Pennington
Lounge, an informal meeting place for
students and faculty. The language, business,
mathematics and physics laboratories are
situated on the upper floors.
Detwiler Planetarium (1967) — Named
after the Detwiler family, it is located in the
lower level of the Academic Center. In
addition to serving as an instructional tool to
astronomy students, the planetarium has
become a community resource, hosting close
to 2,000 youngsters in Boy Scout, Girl Scout,
school and church groups each year.
Mary L. Welch Theatre (1968) — The 204-
seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the finest in
the region. Theatre facilities include: the college
box office, state-of-the-art lighting and sound
systems, costume and scene shops, a make-up
room, and an additional black-box perfor-
mance space known as the Downstage Theatre.
Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat
lecture hall.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THECAMPUS
Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) —
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood-
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture
hall, offices.
Academic Resource Center — Located on
the third floor of the Snowden Library, it is
operated by a professional staff and peer
tutors during the academic year. The Center
offers workshops, tutoring, and counseling.
Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is
fully equipped for both black and white and
color photography.
Communication Center (1987) — The focal
point of the facility is a fully equipped
broadcast quality television studio and control
room. The building also houses an editing
room, a classrooms, faculty offices, the FM
radio station and the student newspaper
office.
Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
(1 990) — The $ 1 0 million Heim Building is
one of the finest undergraduate science
facilities in the East. The three-level structure
totals more than 63,000 square feet and
contains state-of-the-art biology and chemis-
try laboratories, lecture halls, seminar rooms,
a science reading area and a greenhouse as
well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) —
Lycoming's landmark honors Martha B.
Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital
hall, music classrooms, practice studios, an
electronic music studio and faculty offices.
Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall
Lycoming is refurbishing a 1 9th century
landmark into an Honors Hall that will include
a 100-seat recital hall, offices for the United
Campus Ministry, and a small chapel.
Administration Buildings
Drum House — Built in 1 857 the Admissions
House is the oldest building on the campus. It
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson.
The Admissions House was bought by the
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell-
ings, and in 1940 became the President's
home. John W. Long occupied it for the
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 1965
when the College made the property at 325
Grampian Boulevard the President's home.
The building was then converted for use by
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the
department was relocated and the house was
vacant until 1987 when it was restored by
college craftsmen to its original Federalist
design under the supervision of Carol Baker
'60, who kindly volunteered her services
during the year-long reconstruction. The
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. Rich
family.
John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the
administrative offices, including those of the
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro-
grams, College Relations, Institutional
Advancement, Publications, and Financial Aid.
It includes a reception area.
Recreation Facilities
Physical Education and Recreation Center
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all-
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni
lounge.
New Recreation Center (2004) — Is a two-
story 54,000 square foot space with four
basketball courts. It has a suspended indoor
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
running track, an expanded weight room, and
a new exercise and fitness area.
Robert L. Shangraw Athletic Complex
(1998) — Located at David Person Field, the
1 7,700 square foot complex contains locker
facilities for football, lacrosse, soccer, and
Softball in addition to a fully-equipped athletic
training room. The press box can
accommodate radio and television coverage
and includes a hospitality suite for guests of
the president. There is bleacher sitting for
2,000 fans.
Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955-
1968), it contains the Main Dining Commons,
Jane Schultz Room, Burchfield Lounge, a
recreation area, game rooms. Jack's Comer,
bookstore, post office, student activities
office, Career Development Center, Counsel-
ing Center, and student organization offices.
Handicapped Accessibility
Most facilities at Lycoming College are
accessible to those with limited mobility. In
addition, the College will make special
accommodations whenever necessary to meet
the needs of any of its students.
Admission
To Lycoming
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color,
national or ethnic background. Visit us at
www.lycoming.edu
Admission Decision Criteria
Admission to Lycoming College is com-
petitive. Applicants are evaluated on the basis
of their academic preparation, talents, and
interests, as well as the College's capacity to
help them achieve their educational objectives
and career goals.
Successful candidates for admission have
typically completed a college preparatory
program in high school which includes four
years of English, three years of math, two
years of foreign language, two years of natural
or physical science, three years of social
science, and two years of academic electives.
In addition, successful admission candidates
generally place in the top two-fifths of their
high school graduating class, and have better
than average SATl or ACT scores.
From time to time supplemental materials, as
well as a personal interview, may be required
prior to the detemiination of admissibility.
Admission Application
Filing Period
Applications for the fall semester will be
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year
through April 1st of the year in which studies
are to begin. Applications for the spring
semester are accepted from the preceding
May 1st through December 1st.
Applications, when complete, are reviewed
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally,
applicants are notified in writing regarding the
outcome of their applications within three
weeks following the receipt of all required
materials.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Freshman Applicants
Freshman applicants must complete the
following steps:
1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Submit the non-refundable $35
application fee.
3) Provide official transcripts of all high
school and post-secondary school studies
(whether or not completed).
4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT.
5) Submit two personal letters of
recommendation.
6) Submit a written essay.
Transfer Applicants
Lycoming College considers applications
from students who have attended other post-
secondary educational institutions. These
applicants must have earned a cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4
point scale) in transferable courses at the post-
secondary institution(s) attended.
Credit will be granted only for courses
which have a grade of "C-" or higher. Courses
with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" will not
transfer. Lycoming College will determine
which courses are appropriate for transfer and
is under no obligation to accept any course.
Final determination of transfer credit will be
made by the Lycoming College Registrar
based on official transcripts only. Transfer
courses will be shown on the Lycoming
transcript with the symbol "T."
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester
credits at the Lycoming College 1 00 and 200
level and up to 32 semester credits at the
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the
final 32 credits of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the
major area must be taken at Lycoming College.
Additional information regarding the
transfer of college credit appears on page 26.
Transfer applicants must complete each of
the following steps:
1 ) Complete and return application with the
$35 application fee.
2) Provide official transcripts and course
descriptions or catalogs from each
post-secondary school attended. Students
who have accumulated less than 24
semester hours or 36 quarter hours must
also submit high school transcripts.
(Official results of the SATl or ACT may
also be required.)
3 ) Submit the Transfer Student Admission
Report. (It will be sent to you upon
application).
International Applicants
Prospective students who are neither
citizens nor pennanent residents of the United
States are welcome to apply for admission.
International applicants must complete each
of the following steps:
1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Provide certified true copies of all
secondary (and when applicable, post-
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo-
mas, and certificates in the original lan-
guages, as well as in English (when the
originals are not in English). Transla-
tions of non-English materials must be
certified as true and correct.
3) Submit two letters of recommendation.
4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write,
and speak English at the college level as
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least
500, or 173 for computer assessment test.
5) International students who are currently
studying in the United States must be
"in-status" with the United States De-
partment of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service. They must also
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College.
Please note that the minimum amount
required for each academic year of study
(September through April) at Lycoming
College is U.S. $28,000. Summer living
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
expenses (May through August) average
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not
included in $28,000 amount.
Note To All Students:
1) If there is additional information that
would be helpful to the Admissions Com-
mittee in reviewing your application,
please indicate it on a separate piece of
paper.
2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for
the SATl or ACT assessment may be
waived.
Readmission to the College
All students who leave the College for one
or more semesters must apply for readmission
through the Office of the Registrar. Students
will be notified by mail when readmission has
been granted. They must then pay a deposit
of $200 confirming their intention to re-
matriculate in order to receive registration
materials. Students seeking residence must
submit an additional $100 Room Reservation
Deposit as well as contact the Office of
Residence Life to make arrangements to
reserve a room. These deposits are non-
refundable. Students who do not attend
Lycoming College the term for which readmit-
tance is granted will be required to complete
another readmission application when they
desire to return. Students who return to the
College after no more than one academic year
has passed may retain the same requirements
in effect at the initial date of entrance. After
one year, students will be required to com-
plete the requirements currently imposed upon
other students of the same academic level.
Confirmation of Intent
to Enroll at Lycoming
Admitted applicants are asked to confirm
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no
later than the preceding May 1st, or by
December 1st for the following spring
semester by submitting the appropriate
deposit. New commuting students are
required to submit a $200 Confirmation
Deposit. New resident students are required
to submit the $200 Confirmation Deposit, as
well as a $100 Room Reservation Deposit.
Admitted international applicants are required
to submit all applicable deposits prior to the
issuance of the 1-20 form.
Deposits are non-refundable after May 1 st
for the following fall semester, and December
1 St for the following spring semester.
Student Orientation
All new students are required to attend one
of three summer orientation sessions with at
least one parent before they enroll in the fall.
The purpose of the program is to acquaint the
new students and their parent(s) more fully
with the College so that they can begin their
Lycoming experience under the most favorable
circumstances. Students will take placement
tests, meet their academic advisor, and register
for fall classes. Information on orientation is
mailed to new students after they confirm their
intention to enroll.
Withdrawal of Admission Offers
Lycoming College reserves the right to
withdraw offers of admission when:
1) information requested as part of the
admission application process is not
provided by applicants,
2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by
applicants occurs during the application
process,
3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping
with the ethical or moral standards as set
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or
the Lycoming College Student Handbook.
Admissions Office
Location and Hours
Prospective students and their families are
encouraged to visit the campus for a student-
conducted tour and an interview with an
admissions counselor, who will provide
additional information about the College and
answer questions.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS
The Office of Admissions is located on
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For
an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920,
ext. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the Office
of Admissions, Lycoming College,
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 , or visit
www.lycoming.edu/admiss/scheduli2.htm
Office hours are:
Weekdays
September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30
p.m.
May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays
September through April: 9:00 a.m. to
12:00 noon
May through August: appointments by
request.
Financial Matters
Expenses for the
Academic Year 2004-2005
The following expenses are effective for the
regular fall and spring semesters. The College
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time.
The fees for each semester are payable approxi-
mately two weeks prior to the start of classes
for the semester as indicated on the semester
bill.
Fees Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $11,168.00 $22,336.00
Room Rent $1,598.00 $3,196.00
Board $1,523.00 $3,046.00
Total $14,289.00 $28,578.00
One-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $35
Confirmation/Contingency Deposit $200
Room Reservation Deposit $100
FreshmanFee $200
Part-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $35
Each Unit Course $2,792
Additional Charges
Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for
Returning Students $100
Activity Feeperyear $125
Applied Music Fee (half-hour
per week per semester) $275
Technology Fee (resident students)
(per semester) $165
Cap and Gown prevailing cost
Laboratory Fee per Unit Course.. $10 to $150
Parking Permit $60/120
Practice Teaching Fee
(payable in junioryear) $400
R.O.T.C. Unifonn Deposit
(payable at Bucknell University) $75
Transcript Fee $4*
Placement Retest Fee $25
Single Room Charge additional charge
of $639 per semester.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
The tuition covers the regular course load
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester
excluding band, choir, theater practica and all
scholars' seminars. Any credits over 1 6 will
be charged at a rate of $698 per credit.
Resident students must board at the College
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authoriza-
tion is extended for other eating arrange-
ments. If a double room is used as a single
room, there is an additional charge of $639
per semester. The estimated cost for books
and supplies is up to $800 per year, depending
on the course of study. Special session (May
Tenn and Summer Session) charges for
tuition, room, and board are established
during the fall semester.
*$4 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy
requested at the same time. No charge for
currently enrolled full-time students. No tran-
scripts will be issued for a student or alumnus
whose financial obligation to the college has
not been satisfied.
Entry Fees and Deposits
Application Fee — All students applying for
admission must submit a $35 application fee.
This charge defrays the cost of processing the
application and is nonrefundable.
Confirmation/Contingency Deposit - All
fiill-time students who have been notified of
their admission to Lycoming College are
required to make a $200 Confinnation
Deposit to confinn their intention to matricu-
late. The Deposit is held until Graduation or
upon written notification submitted to the
Registrar's office at least two weeks prior to
the start of each semester. Any remaining
deposit balance will be refunded after all
financial obligations to the College have been
satisfied.
Resident students must remit an additional
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room
deposit is applied against the comprehensive
fees billed for the first semester of attendance.
Both the Confinnation and Room Reserva-
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start
of the first semester of attendance if the
official withdrawal date is not later than May 1 .
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all
current fiill and part-time degree-seeking
students each spring in order to pre-register
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/
or to participate in the annual room selection
process. This deposit is applied against the
fall semester bill.
Partial Payments
For the convenience of those who find it
impossible to follow the regular schedule of
payments, arrangements may be made with
the College Bursar for the monthly payment
of College fees through various educational
plans. Additional information may be ob-
tained from the Treasurer's Office or Admis-
sions Office.
Lycoming College Withdrawal
Refund Policy
Students wishing to withdraw from the
College during the semester should meet with
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the
Assistant Dean for Sophomores to ensure that
student financial and academic records are
properly closed. The effective date of
calculating refunds shall be: the date that the
student begins the withdrawal process or
provides official notification to the institution
of his or her intent to withdraw; the midpoint
of enrollment if the student drops out without
notification to the institution; or the date, as
determined by the institution, that the student
withdraws due to illness or accident.
Students withdrawing will receive a
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and
any unpaid charges, according to the
following schedule:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•
During Week 1
During Week 2
During Week 3
During Week 4
During Week 5
During Week 6
After 6th Week
Refund Charge
90% 10%
80% 20%
70% 30%
60% 40%
50% 50%
40% 60%
0% 100%
Please note that there is no refund after
the sixth week of the semester. For
Freshmen, the refund period will be extended
into the week that early assessment grades
are distributed to students and parents.
Comparative schedules apply to the May
and Summer terms.
The calculated refund will be reduced by
any unpaid charges. Any balance remaining
will be billed to the student. Unpaid student
account balances will be charged interest at
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end
balance until the account is paid in full.
Should legal collection become necessary, all
costs of collection will be added to the
balance due.
Lycoming College's institutional refund
policy is distinct and different from the
Federal Return of Title IV Funds policy. The
adjustment of institutional financial aid will
follow the Withdrawal Refund Policy stated
above. The College is required to perform a
Return of Title IV Funds calculation for all
federal financial aid recipients who withdraw
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on
or before the 60% attendance point of the
semester. Students who are subject to the
return of any Title IV funds may result in a
balance due to the College, Federal
Government or both. See Federal Return of
Title IV Funds Policy for further explanation
on the return of federal funds.
Students who withdraw from an individual
course(s) after the add/drop period will not
receive any adjustment to tuition and fees.
Federal Return of Title IV
Funds Policy
The 1998 Reauthorization of the Higher
Education Act requires the college to calcu-
late a Return of Title IV Funds on all federal
financial aid recipients who withdraw (offi-
cially or unofficially) from all classes on or
before the 60% attendance point of the
semester. A prorata schedule is used to
determine the percentage of the semester the
student attended based on the withdrawal
date/last date of attendance.
The student's withdrawal date is the date
the student began the withdrawal process; the
date the student otherwise provided the
school with official notification of the intent to
withdraw; or for the student who does not
begin the school's withdrawal process or
notify the school of intent to withdraw, the
mid-point of the payment period of enrollment
for which the Title IV assistance was dis-
bursed (unless the institution can document a
later date).
The percentage of the semester the student
attended is calculated as follows:
Number of days in attendance
Number of days in semester
The number of days counted includes all
calendar days in the semester including
weekends and holidays, but excludes college
breaks of five or more days.
The percentage of the semester the student
attended is used to calculate the amount of the
student's earned versus unearned federal aid
funds. The unearned portion of federal aid
funds must be returned to the appropriate aid
program in accordance with the Order of
Return as mandated by law. The Order of
Return is: Federal Unsubsidized Loan, Federal
Subsidized Loan, Perkins Loan, Federal PLUS
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG
Grant, Other Title IV Aid.
The college is responsible for returning the
lesser of Unearned Title IV Aid or Unearned
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FIN ANCIAL MATTERS
Institutional Charges. Unearned Institutional
Charges are based on the determined percent-
age of the semester the student did not attend.
The College is responsible for its return of
funds first, followed by the student's return of
funds.
The student is responsible for returning:
Amount of Unearned Title IV Aid
- Amount of Aid School Returns
Amount Student Returns
The College must return its portion of
Unearned Title IV aid (loan and grant) to the
appropriate federal program within 30 days
from the student's withdrawal date as deter-
mined by the Office of Financial Aid. If the
amount the student returns includes a federal
loan, the student is responsible for repayment
of the loan in accordance with the terms of the
loan program. If the amount the student
returns includes grant aid, the student must
repay 50% of the grant money received, rather
than 100%.
The student must return unearned grant aid
to the college within 45 days from the date of
notification. Failure by the student to return
or make arrangements to return unearned
grant aid to the College within 45 days will
result in the student being reported to the U.S.
Department of Education (USDOE). The
student will be considered in an Overpayment
Status, and will not be eligible for additional
aid at any post-secondaiy institution partici-
pating in Title IV Aid programs. Students
who are reported to USDOE in an Overpay-
ment Status should contact the USDOE to
make payment arrangements to repay the
necessary grant funds.
Examples of Federal Title IV Return of
Funds calculation are available in the Office of
Financial Aid. Students who stop attending
Lycoming College may not receive further
financial aid disbursements, may lose some or
all of the aid that has already been disbursed
to their account, may be responsible for
repayment of unpaid charges, and may be
considered in Overpayment status with
USDOE.
Students who wish to rescind their official
withdrawal submitted to the college must do
so within one week of the original withdrawal
and notification must be provided in writing to
the Office of Financial Aid.
Students who stop attending all classes
without officially withdrawing from the
college will be subject to a Return of Funds
calculation at the end of the semester, based
on their last date of attendance as determined
by the Office of Financial Aid.
State Grant programs have varying
regulations concerning refunds, but most will
require at least a partial refund of the State
Grant. If the student has received a Lycoming
Grant, a portion of the student's refund also
will be repaid to the Lycoming Grant pro-
gram. This will reduce, or in many cases
eliminate, the amount of the refund the
student otherwise would receive.
Non-Payment of Fees Penalty
Students will not be registered for courses
in a new semester if their accounts for
previous attendance have not been settled.
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of
withdrawals in good standing are issued only
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial
obligations has been made in the Treasurer's
Office. Final grades may also be held in some
cases. Unpaid student accounts will be
charged interest at the rate of 1 % per month
on the month-end balance until accounts are
paid in full. Should legal collection become
necessary, all costs of collection will be added
to the balance due.
FINANCIAL AID
Lycoming College is committed to helping
students and families meet college costs.
While some assistance is available to students
regardless of need (merit scholarships), the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
primary purpose of the College's financial aid
program is to help qualified students of
limited financial resources attend Lycoming
College. Scholarships may be awarded on the
basis of merit and/or need, while grants are
provided solely on the basis of financial need.
Long-temi educational loans with favorable
interest rates and repayment terms are
available, as are part-time employment
opportunities.
It is important to submit financial aid
applications after January 1st, as appropriate
income infonnation becomes available, but by
March 1 . Although applications may be filed
later, applicants can only receive consideration
Forremaining available funds.
To be considered for financial aid, students
and families must complete the following steps
for each year the student seeks assistance:
I. Fully complete and submit the Lycoming
Financial Aid Application (LFAA).
Return the completed application to the
Office of Financial Aid.
I. The College may request signed and dated
copies of student and parent(s) Federal
income tax returns (1040, 1040 A, 1040EZ,
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 fonns,
be sent to the Office of Financial Aid. The
tax returns required are for the year
preceding the academic year in which the
student seeks assistance.
5. Fully complete and submit the Free
Application For Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA). Returning students should
submit the Renewal FAFSA.
L PA residents can apply for state grant
I assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
I Agency in their home state to see if
, additional forms must be filed.
I Basic eligibility requirements for all federal
')rograms are available from the Department
)f Education at www.studentaid.ed.gov.
>tudents are responsible for understanding the
)asic eligibility requirements.
Enrollment Status for Financial
Aid Eligibility
Financial aid eligibility is substantially
reduced for students who are charged less
than full-time tuition. Credit is earned for
some courses which are offered at no charge,
including choir, band, theatre practica and all
scholar seminars. Therefore, these credits
would not be counted in the full-time tuition
calculation. For financial aid purposes, a full-
time student is enrolled in 1 2- 1 6 billable
semester hours. A student's financial aid
eligibility is finalized after the end of the
college's published add/drop period.
Financial Aid Satisfactory
Progress Policy
To remain eligible for federal, state, and
institutional financial aid, all students must
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory
progress policy is separate and distinct from
the College's academic progress policy.
Students retain eligibility for financial aid
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study.
However, it is the College's practice to limit
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8)
semesters of full-time study. Should students
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time
study, they may still be eligible for federal and/
or state aid for the 9th or 1 0th semester.
In some instances a student may appeal
academic suspension and be permitted to
continue enrollment even though the student
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic
Standing sections on page 30). A student who
is granted an academic appeal may continue to
receive financial assistance only if the student
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and
quantitative (credits completed) requirements
listed below.
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•
End of Sem.
Min. Cum. GPA
Min. Cr. Comp
1
1.85
12
2
1.95
24
3
2.00
36
4
2.00
48
5
2.00
61
6
2.00
74
7
2.00
88
8
2.00
102
9
2.00
115
10
2.00
128
Treatment of W, I, X, F, P & F
Grades and Repeated Coursework
1 . Course withdrawals (W) after the drop/add
period are not included in the GPA
calculation, but are considered a non-
completion of attempted coursework.
2. Incomplete (I) grades are not included in
the GPA calculation but are considered a
non-completion of attempted coursework
until the incomplete grade is replaced with
a permanent grade and academic progress
can be reevaluated.
3. An audit (X) grade is not considered
attempted coursework. It is not included
in the GPA calculation or completion rate
determination.
4. A satisfactory (P) grade is treated as
attempted credits earned, but it is not
included in the GPA calculation unless the
student has designated a minimum
acceptance letter grade.
5. A failing grade (F) is treated as attempted
credits not earned, it will be included in
the calculation of the GPA and the
minimum completion rate.
6. The most recent course grade for a
repeated course will be included in the
calculation of the GPA and every repeated
attempt will be included in the completion
rate determination.
Students who fail to successfully complete
the minimum number of credits and/or who
fail to meet the minimum cumulative GPA
requirement will be placed on financial aid
probation. This allows one additional
semester of course work to bring the aca-
demic record up to minimum standards.
Failure to meet the stated minimum after the
probation period will result in a suspension of
all (federal, state, and institutional) financial
aid until the standards are met.
Financial aid satisfactory progress is
measured annually and cumulatively by the
Office of Financial Aid. Official notification of
probation or suspension is made by the Office
of Financial Aid.
Reinstatement of Aid After
Financial Aid Suspension
Reinstatement of financial aid after a
student is placed on Suspension is achieved as
follows:
1 . The student submits a written letter of
appeal in accordance with the appeals
process and the Financial Aid Appeals
Committee grants the appeal. The student
is placed on Financial Aid Probation for
the semester rather than on Suspension; or
2. The student attends Lycoming College
during the Suspension semester, pays for
tuition and fees without the help of student
aid, and does well enough in the course-
work to satisfy all the satisfactory
academic progress standards. The student
must notify the Office of Financial Aid if
they are planning on attending Lycoming
College without the assistant of financial
aid; or
3. The student may attend summer school to
eliminate the deficiency in credits and/or
GPA. The student must notify the Office
of Financial Aid if they are planning on
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
taking classes during the summer to
eliminate the deficiency. Students cannot
take classes at another institution to
resolve a GPA deficiency. Classes must be
taken at Lycoming College.
Students who have been placed on
Suspension cannot skip a semester and regain
eligibility. No financial aid will be disbursed
during subsequent semesters for students on
Suspension. If the student fails to attain the
minimum standards after the second semester
of probation, eligibility for financial assistance
will be cancelled automatically.
Appeal Process
Appeals of Financial Aid Suspension must
be made in writing to the Director of Financial
Aid by the date specified in the Suspension
notification letter. The Financial Aid Appeals
Committee will review the appeal and notify
the student in writing within 5 working days
of their decision. All decisions made by the
Financial Aid Appeals Committee are final and
not subject to further review.
The appeal letter must address the extenu-
ating circumstance(s) why satisfactory
academic progress was not made, why the
extenuating circumstance(s) has changed, as
well as an outlined plan for future academic
success. Extenuating circumstances can
include, but are not limited to, illness or
injury; death of a family member; family
difficulties; interpersonal problems with
friends, roommate, significant others; diffi-
culty balancing work, athletics, family
responsibility; or financial difficulties.
Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for
determining eligibility for financial assistance
and has absolutely no bearing on any detenni-
nation made by the Registrar and/or the
Committee on Academic Standards.
College Scholarships & Grants
NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are
awarded to eligible students who are full-time
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholar-
ships, grants and institutional loans.
Lycoming Grants may be awarded to
students to help meet their documented
financial need. Renewal requires continued
financial need as determined by Federal
Methodology and/or the financial aid director.
Students should expect the Grant award to
remain constant for each semester they are
enrolled.
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent
children of United Methodist ministers and
ordained ministers of other denominations.
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for
children of United Methodist ministers in the
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of
tuition for all others. Students meeting the
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to
25% tuition are awarded to students preparing
for the Christian ministry. Students must
complete a pre-ministerial grant application
available through the tmancial aid office.
Students meeting the criteria for this grant and
any other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be
awarded the scholarship(s)/grant that provides
the highest dollar amount; both will not be
awarded.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Federal Grants
Pell Grants are made available by the federal
government. Eligibility is based upon a
federal fonnula.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants may be awarded to students with
exceptional financial need. Priority must be
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are
provided by the federal government. Funds
are limited.
State Grants
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for
PA residents meeting domicile and financial
requirements of the program. Eligibility is
determined by PHEAA. These grants are
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state for availability of
funds to students attending out-of-state
colleges.
Loan Programs
Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a
maximum of $2,625 annually. Eligible
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Sophomores may borrow up to a maximum of
$3,500 annually. Eligible juniors and seniors
may borrow up to a maximum of $5,500
annually. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is enrolled on at least
a half-time basis. The student begins to repay
the loan (interest and principal) 6 months after
leaving school. The interest rate for new
borrowers is variable based on the 9 1 -DAY T-
BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 8.25%. The rate is
adjusted every July 1 . Eligibility is based on
financial need.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan provides an opportunity for students to
borrow under the Stafford Program who do
not qualify for the maximum amount of
subsidized Stafford loan. Maximum grade
level amount minus subsidized eligibility equals
unsubsidized eligibility. Interest must be paid
by the borrower on a quarterly basis while
enrolled (check with your lender to see if
interest payments may be deferred). Other
aspects of the loan are similar to those under
the Subsidized program. Independent students
may be eligible for higher loan limits; contact
the Financial Aid Office for more information.
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to
students with exceptional need. Borrowers
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum simple
interest on the unpaid balance, over a period
beginning nine months after the date on which
the borrower ceases to be enrolled at least
half-time. Funds are limited.
PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on
behalf of their dependent student. The amount
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to
the cost of education for one year minus any
financial aid the student is eligible for in that
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped
at 9%. The interest rate is determined every
July 1 and is equal to the bond equivalent rate
of52-weekT-Bill plus 3.1%.
^M
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•
Employment Opportunities
Federal College Work-Study Program
Awards provide work opportunities on
campus for qualified students. Students
receive pay-checks for work perfonned in the
previous pay period. Based on documented
need and awarded by the Financial Aid Office.
Funding is limited. The student assumes full
responsibility in locating a job. Returning
students who wish to work the following year
must have their name submitted to the
Financial Aid Office by their supervisor before
the end of the Spring semester.
Students also have the opportunity to seek
work-study employment off-campus in the
Community Service program. Interested
students can get additional information in the
Financial Aid Office.
Lycoming Campus Employment Program
is similar to Federal Work-Study except that
students are paid with institutional funds only
and is not based on financial need. A limited
number of jobs are available. Funding is
limited.
Other Job Opportunities are frequently
available with local business finns or persons.
Contact the Career Development Office of
the College for information on these
opportunities.
Other Aid Sources
Veterans and Dependents Benefits are
available for qualified veterans and children of
deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office.
Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC)
Stipends and Scholarships are available for
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid
Office for more information.
Tuition Exchange Grants may be available.
Lycoming College is a member of the Tuition
Exchange Program. This program is for
dependent students of employees at participat-
ing institutions of higher education. Students
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at
their sponsor institution for information
regarding this sponsorship. Students are
expected to apply for all federal and state
grants. If the student receives a federal or
state grant, those amounts may be applied
toward room and board charges if the student
resides in the dorms. If the student commutes,
the grant amount is equal to tuition less federal
and state grants.
United Methodist Scholarships may be
available to full-time degree-seeking applicants
who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or better,
are active in Christian activities, and who are
active, fiill members of a United Methodist
church. Demonstrated financial need is also
required. Nonnally, seven $500 scholarships
are awarded each year. Annual application is
required. Recipients are selected by the
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded
to the neediest students. The fiinds are
provided by the United Methodist Church.
Applications are available in the Financial Aid
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA of
at least 3.00.
United Methodist Student Loans are
available on a very limited basis to students
who are members of the United Methodist
Church. The maximum amount which may be
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500
subject to the availability of the fiinds. Contact
The Board of Higher Educafion and Ministry,
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 for more
information.
Non-college Aid Opportunities are often
available through family employers or labor
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious
organizations, and secondary schools. Your
parents should contact their employer or
organizations of which they are members for
information on financial aid resources.
2(K)4-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs coordinates
a variety of programs, services, and activities
designed to enhance students' personal,
social, and educational growth and develop-
ment. This is accomplished through a variety
of programs, offices, and staff
including:
• Career Development Center
• Campus Ministry
• Commuter Student Affairs
• Counseling and Wellness Services
• Greek Life
• Health Services
• International Student Advising
• Intramural Sports, Recreation,
and Leisure Time Activity
• Judicial Affairs
• Residence Life
• Safety and Security
• Student Activities and Leadership
Development
The Student Affairs staff view students as
partners in the educational process and,
therefore, expect that students will share
responsibility for managing our educational
community.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center provides
services which are designed to help students
identify their abilities and interests, set
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming
students begins in the freshman year.
Individual and group counseling focus on
teaching students how they can learn about
different career fields and present themselves to
potential employers in a positive and effective
manner. Helping students make appropriate
and meaningful connections between college
and career is a goal of the Career Development
Center. The CDC is located on the 3rd Floor
of Wertz Student Center.
www.lycoming.edu/cdc
Counseling & Wellness Services
Counseling Services assist students to
ensure that their college experience is
prosperous and rewarding. Professional,
confidential services are provided at no direct
charge to Lycoming students. Counseling
Services are designed to facilitate one's self-
understanding as well as to provide support
for students' adjustment and transition to
college life. Counseling Services also provide
advocacy to individual students and student
organizations, and they conduct outreach
programs for the entire college community.
Health Services
Lycoming College Health Services
focuses on the holistic care of the individual,
health maintenance, and wellness through
health education and prevention of illness.
Educational materials and instructional pro-
grams are available through the Student Health
Services.
Routine medical care is provided without
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday
8:30 a.m. -4:00 p.m. during the fall and spring
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time
registered nurse with a physician available on
a limited daily basis.
Health Services' policies reflect the
recommendations of the American College
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylva-
nia Department of Health, and the Centers
for Disease Control (CDC).
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Community Service
Community Service is an learning opportu-
nity for students accomplished in conjunction
with various agencies in the Williamsport area
or college departments. This activity allows
students to expand their knowledge about
diverse individuals and communities. The
outcome of such service promotes students'
personal and social development as well as
giving them an enhanced perspective of civic
responsibility and social justice.
The Community Service Center, located in
Asbury Hall, coordinates many service
opportunities available to students, faculty,
and staff in the greater Williamsport area. A
number of the community service projects
include Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school
tutoring program. Best Buddies, Adopt-A-
Highway, Bloodmobile, Shephard of the
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger.
Residence Life
As a residential college, Lycoming offers
students the opportunity to integrate academic
and residential experiences. The Residence
Life Office is committed to providing a living/
learning environment to help each resident
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming
College requires all full-time students to live
in college housing and participate in the
college board plan each semester of the
academic year that they are enrolled. Married
students, students residing with their parents
within a 40 mile radius, students living with
their dependents, and students 23 years or
older may request to be exempted from this
policy. Such requests should be submitted in
writing to the Dean of Student Affairs at least
three weeks prior to the beginning of the
semester that students are requesting permis-
sion to live off campus. We do not provide
housing for students who have dependent
children living with them.
Residence halls put students at the heart of
College activity — offering greater opportunities
for participation. Through programs, leadership
opportunities, and peer interactions, residents
gain a sense of belonging to the campus
community, acquire new knowledge and skills,
have easy access to College services, make
informed choices, and assume responsibility
for themselves and their community.
The residence halls are staffed with
upperclass students who serve as Resident
Advisors (RAs) selected on the basis of
leadership skills. RAs provide information,
refer students to campus and local resources,
help enforce College and community stan-
dards, use helping skills for students in need,
and facilitate educational and social programs.
Most importantly, RAs assist residents in the
development and maintenance of strong,
positive residence hall communities. With the
guidance and support of Residence Life staff,
each resident is expected to become involved in
promoting a positive learning environment in
his or her community.
Several different living options are
available for students in our eight residence
halls. Freshmen are housed together in a co-
educational environment encouraging students
to develop class identity and unity. The six
upperclass halls offer opportunities for co-
educational housing, an all female hall,
fraternity and sorority chapter housing, a
substance free area, and smoking environ-
ments. College Apartments are available to
sophomores, juniors and seniors who meet
specific grade requirements and who are in
good disciplinary standing with the College.
Additional infonnation is sent to students
following their acceptance by the College.
Athletics
Athletics is an important part of the
Lycoming experience. As a member of the
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen
intercollegiate sports for both men and women
student-athletes.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
•
Men can choose from football, soccer,
cross country, wrestling, golf, basketball,
lacrosse, swimming, tennis, and track and field.
Women can compete in soccer, cross country,
lacrosse, volleyball, basketball, swimming,
Softball, tennis, and track and field.
Lycoming is a member of the Middle
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III
athletic conference. As a Division III school,
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships.
In addition, the College offers a very active
intramural and recreation program that is open
to all students. This program includes, among
others, basketball, water polo, volleyball, flag
football, and indoor soccer.
Student Programs
The Office of Student Programs offers
assistance and resources for all campus
activities and student organizations. Through
the efforts of the student administered Campus
Activities Board (CAB), extra-curricular
programming is offered to the entire college
community. CAB programming is designed
to enhance the overall educational experience
of students through the exposure to social,
cultural, and recreational programs. Members
of the staff in Student Activities also direct
leadership training programs for the student
government, the Interfratemity and
Panhellenic Councils, the International
Student Organization, the An-ow Yearbook,
and all registered student organizations.
Religious Life
The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay
minister, provides a wide range of activities in
support of the spiritual development and
religious life of students. Ecumenical and
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at
Lycoming provides worship services, service
projects, social occasions, retreats, study
opportunities, and personal counseling.
The campus ministers are an integral part of
campus life and are available to students who
may need support, counsel, or direction.
Safety and Security
The Department of Safety & Security
strives to maintain an environment that is free
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This
responsibility includes the enforcement of
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty-
four hour a day telephone extensions are used
to handle general security concerns.
The department solicits the cooperation of !
the entire college community in reporting
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on
the Lycoming College campus.
Other services provided by the department
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran-
sportation, emergency maintenance referral,
an escort service, guest and parking registra-
tion, and the dissemination of telephone
numbers and general infonnation to the public
when the College switchboard is closed.
Standards of Conduct
Lycoming College is committed to the
creation and maintenance of a living-learning
environment which fosters the intellectual,
personal, social and ethical development of its
students. Respect for the rights of others and
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment of
these goals. Students are expected to adhere
to the policies contained in the Student
Handbook and other College publications.
These policies, rules and regulations are part
of the contractual agreement students enter
into when they register at Lycoming College.
Students who demonstrate an unwilling-
ness to abide by these policies will be subject
to disciplinary action which may include |
suspension or expulsion from the College. I
Students are encouraged to review the
Student Handbook and Housing License in
order to familiarize themselves with the
policies governing student conduct.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMICPOLICIESANDREGULATIONS
Academic Policies
And Regulations
Students are expected to familiarize
themselves with the academic policies
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so
does not excuse students from the require-
ments and regulations described herein.
THE UNIT
COURSE SYSTEM
Instruction at Lycoming College is orga-
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning
that each course taken is considered to be
equivalent to four semester hours of credit.
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre
practicum courses, which are offered for either
one-half or one semester hour of credit; in
departments that have elected to offer certain
courses for the equivalent of one. two or three
semester hours of credit; and in physical
activities courses which are zero credits.
Furthermore, independent studies and intern-
ships carrying two semester hours of credit
may be designed.
The nonnal student course load is four unit
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend
the special sessions may enroll in one unit
course (four semester hours) during the May
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight
semester hours) in each of the summer terms.
A student is considered full time when enrolled
for a minimum of three unit courses, or the
equivalent, during the fall or spring semesters,
one unit course, or the equivalent, for the May
term, and two unit courses for each of the
summer terms.
Students may enroll in five unit courses
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the
previous semester. Exceptions may be granted
by the Dean of the College. There will be an
additional charge. (Seepage 13.) Overloads
are not pemiitted during the May and summer
terms.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
a
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
ALTERNATIVE
CREDIT SOURCES
Transfer Credit
Matriculated students who wish to study at
other campuses must obtain prior written
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair
of the department in which the credit will be
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar.
Course work counting toward a major or minor
must also be approved in advance by the chair-
person of the department in which the major or
minor is offered. Once a course is approved,
the credit and grades for the course will be
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the
student's grade point average as if the courses
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F"
grades will be transferred as well as all other
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer.
Final determination of transfer credit will be
made by the Registrar based on official
transcripts only.
Students are expected to complete their last
eight unit courses (32 semester hours) and 1 6
semester hours in their major at Lycoming.
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards.
Credit By Examination
Students may earn credit or advanced
placement through the standardized examina-
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure-
ate degree may be earned through these exam-
inations. The appropriate academic department
will determine which tests they will accept and
the course equivalencies. A list of approved
examinations is available in the Office of the
Registrar. Although these examinations may
be taken after matriculation, new students who
are competent in a given area are encouraged to
take the examination of their choice before
entering Lycoming so that the college will
have the test scores available for registration
advising for the first semester of enrollment.
Students applying to the college for the first
time should inform the Admissions Office that
they have completed these tests and provide
the official scores as part of their application
packet. Continuing students must send official
test scores to the Office of the Registrar and
inform their academic advisors when examina-
tions have been taken.
The College Entrance Examination Board
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - In most
cases, a score of four is required for credit.
The International Baccalaureate - Students
who have completed the full diploma and have
scores of five or above on all of the higher
level examinations will be granted 32 credit
hours; specific courses will be based on the
examinafions taken. Students who complete
the full diploma but earn less than a score of
five on all of the higher level examinations will
be granted eight credits for each higher level
examination completed with a grade of five or
higher and four credits for a satisfactory or
higher completion of the Theory of Knowledge
requirement. Students who have completed the
certificate will be granted credit based on the
examinations taken. Standard level examina-
tions will not be considered.
The American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of "B"
or above is required.
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional
Education Support (DANTES) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
STUDENT RECORDS
The policy regarding student educational
records is designed to protect the privacy of
students against unwarranted intrusions and is
consistent with Section 43B of the General
Education Provision Act (commonly known as
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^R
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
policy on student records and the procedures
or gaining access to student records are
:ontained in the current issue of the Student
Haih/hook which is available in the library,
inline, and in the Office of the Dean of Student
\ftairs.
REGISTRATION
During the registration period, students
select their courses for the next semester and
•egister their course selections in the Office of
he Registrar. Course selection is made in
:onsultation with the student's faculty advisor
n order to insure that the course schedule is
;onsistent with College requirements and
student goals. After the registration period,
my change in the student's course schedule
Tiust be approved by both the faculty advisor
md Office of the Registrar. Students may not
'eceive credit for courses in which they are not
formally registered.
During the first five days of classes, students
nay drop any course without any record of
5uch enrollment appearing on their permanent
record, and they may add any course that is
lot closed. The pemianent record will reflect
the student's registration as of the conclusion
3f the drop/add period. Students wishing to
kvithdraw from a course between the fifth day
and the 9th week of classes must process a
withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar.
Withdrawal grades are not computed in the
grade point average. Students may not
withdraw from courses after the 9th week of a
semester and the comparable period during the
May and summer terms. Students who stop
attending a course (or courses) but do not
withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F."
In zero semester hour and two semester hour
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last
half of any semester, students may drop/add for
a period of five days, effective with the mid-
temi date shown on the academic calendar.
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur
within 4-1/2 weeks of the beginning of the
course. It is understood that the period of
time at the beginning of the semester will be
identical, for example, a period of five days as
indicated above.
Cross Registration
A special opportunity exists in the
Williamsport area for students to take courses
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology.
Students may enroll for less than a full-time
course load at Penn College while remaining
enrolled in courses at Lycoming.
Students must be enrolled full-time in a
degree program and have earned no more than
93 semester hours. Cross registration is
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters,
and Summer 1 and II. It is not available for
May Terni.
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
Students who do not wish to pursue a degree
at Lycoming College may, if space permits,
register for credit or audit courses on either a
part-time or full-time basis. Students who
register for less than 1 2 semester hours are
considered to be enrolled part-time; students
who register for 1 2 or more semester hours are
considered to be enrolled full-time and must
pay the $200 contingency fee.
Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree
student must fill out an application fonn in the
Admissions Office, pay a one-fime application
fee, and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student
has attempted four unit courses ( 1 6 semester
hours), the student must either matriculate or
obtain permission from the Dean of the College
to continue study on a non-degree basis.
All non-degree students are subject to the
general laws and regulations of the College as
stated in the College Catalog and the Student
Handbook. The College reserves the right to
deny permission to register for individuals
who do not meet the standards of the College.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Students who wish to change from a non-
degree to a degree status must apply for
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all
conditions for admission and registration in
effect at that time.
AUDITORS
Any person may audit courses at Lycoming
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no
additional charge. Laboratory and other
special fees must be paid in full. Examina-
tions, papers, and other evaluation devices are
not required of auditors, but individual
arrangements may be made to complete such
exercises with consent of the instructor. The
option to audit a course must be declared by
the end of the drop/add period. Forms are
available in the Registrar's Office.
ATTENDANCE
The academic program at Lycoming is
based upon the assumption that there is value
in class attendance for all students. Individual
instructors have the prerogative of establishing
reasonable absence regulations in any course.
The student is responsible for learning and
observing these regulations.
WITHDRAWAL FROM
THE COLLEGE
A student who wishes to withdraw from
the College during the semester should contact
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure
that the student's financial and academic
records are properly closed.
A student who decides to discontinue study
at the College as of the conclusion of the
current semester must provide the Registrar
with written notification of such plans in order
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit.
See page 14 for details.
GRADING SYSTEM
The evaluation of student performance in
courses is indicated by the use of traditional i
letter symbols. These symbols and their ^
definitions are as follows:
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- j
ment through mastery of content or skills and i
demonstration of creative and independent
thinking.
B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average
achievement wherein the student reveals
insight and understanding.
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory
achievement wherein the student's work has
beenof average quality and quantity. The
student has demonstrated basic competence in
the subject area and may enroll in additional
course work.
D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory
achievement wherein the student met only the
minimum requirements for passing the course
and should not continue in the subject area
without departmental advice.
F FAILING — Signifies that the student has
not met the minimum requirements for passing
the course.
I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in
accordance with the restrictions of established
academic policy.
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall
have the option of repeating courses for which
they already have received a passing grade in
addition to those which they have failed. Credit
is received only once for the course. The most
recent course grade will count toward the GPA.
P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional
grade of A through D-.
X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which
no credit is earned.
W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal :
from the course from the sixth day through the I
LYCOMING COLLEGE
®
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
linth week of the semester. Students may not
xceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful
curse attempts (grade of F and W) except in
he case of withdrawal for documented
nedical or psychological reasons.
Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except
or A+, F+, or F- ) at the discretion of the
nstmctor. The cumulative grade point average
GPA) is calcu-
atedbymultiply-
ng quality points
)y credits and
lividing the total
juality points by
he total credits.
Equality point is
he unit of
neasurement of
he quality of
vork done by the
;tudent. The
cumulative GPA
s not determined
5y averaging
semester GPA's.
The grade point average for the major is
:alculated in the same way as the cumulative
^rade point average. A minimum of 2.00 is
required for the cumulative grade point
average in the major to meet the requirements
for graduation.
Pass/Fail
Use of the pass/fail grading option is
limited as follows:
• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no
more that one unit course per semester
and in no more than four unit courses
during their undergraduate careers.
• P/F courses completed after declaration of
a major may not be used to satisfy a
requirement of that major, including courses
required by the major department which
are offered by other departments.
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted
from this limitation.)
Quality Points
Earned for Each
Grade
Semester Hour
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
0.67
F
0.00
• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded
may not be used toward fulfillment of any
distribution or "W" course requirement.
• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a
P/F basis.
• A course selected on a P/F basis from which
a student subsequently withdraws will not
count toward the four-course limit.
• Instructor-designated courses may be
offered during the May terni with the
approval of the Dean of the College. Such
courses are not counted toward the four-
course limit.
• P grades are not computed in the grade
point average.
• Students electing the P/F option may designate a
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to
B-. If the student earns the designated grade
or better, the grade will be recorded in the
permanent record and computed in the
grade point average. If a student selects P/F
(with no designated minimum acceptance
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will
be recorded in the permanent record but not
computed in the grade point average. In all
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this
grade will be recorded in the permanent
record and computed in the student's grade
point average.
• Students must declare the P/F option before
the drop/add deadline.
• Instructors are not notified which of their
students are enrolled on an P/F basis.
• Students electing the P/F option are
expected to perform the same work as those
enrolled on a regular basis.
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades may be given if, for
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually
medical in nature), the student has not been
able to complete the work required in the
course. An incomplete grade must be
removed within six weeks of the next regular
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted
to an "F."
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^n
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Repetition of Course
Students shall have the option of repeating
courses for which they already have received a
passing grade in addition to those which they
have failed. Recording of grades for all
repeated courses shall be governed by the
following conditions:
• A course may be repeated only one time.
Both attempts will be recorded on the
student's transcript.
• Credit for the course will be given only once.
• The most recent grade will count toward the
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade
cannot replace another grade.
Final Course Grade
Appeal Process
Assigning final course grades is a responsibil-
ity that falls within the professional judgment
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades
assess as accurately as possible a student's
performance according to clear criteria
provided in the course such as academic
performance, class attendance, and punctual-
ity in submitting assignments. Student appeals
of the final course grade must follow the
three-step procedure outlined below.
( 1 ) Within two weeks of the beginning of the
semester following the conclusion of the
course, the student should request an
informal conference with the instructor to
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve
the concern.
(2) If the outcome of the informal conference
is not satisfactory to the student, or the
instructor is not available, the student may
submit a written request to meet with the
department chairperson (or another faculty
member in the department in instances
involving the chairperson) within two
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The
student's request must include a written
statement outlining the basis for the
appeal. It is the fiinction of the chairperson
to determine the relevant facts and to
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The
decision regarding the course grade in
question will be made by the instructor in
consultation with the chairperson (or his/
her stand-in). The student will receive
from the department chairperson written
notification of the decision within one
week of the meeting with the chairperson.
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step
two, the student or the instructor may
make a written appeal to the Dean of the
College within two weeks of the depart-
ment chairperson's written notification. In
order to resolve the disagreement, the
Dean will confer with the student and the
instructor in private sessions, and may call ,
additional witnesses. If the Dean is unable
to accomplish a resolution, she/he will
forward the case to the Committee on
Academic Standards, which will make a
final decision on the matter. The Dean will
communicate in writing to the student and
the instructor the final decision within
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This is
the final step in the appeal process.
ACADEMIC LEVELS
The following table is used to determine
the academic grade level of degree candidates.
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid informa-
tion.
Year Semester Number of Semester
Hours Earned
Freshman 1 Fewer than 12
2 At least 1 2 but fewer than 24
Sophomore I At least 24 but fewer than 40
2 At least 40 but fewer than 56
Junior I At least 56 but fewer than 76
2 At least 76 but fewer than 96
Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than 1 12
2 More than 1 12
ACADEMIC STANDING
Good Academic Standing
Students will be considered in good academic
standing if they meet the following standard:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES ANDREGULATIONS
Minimum
Semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA
fewer than or equal to 1 6 1 .85
more than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .95
more than 32 2.00
Probation
Students who do not meet the standards for
good academic standing and/or who have
earned two or more failing grades at the end of
any given semester, will be placed on academic
probation for the next semester.
Students on academic probation are required
to pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, if
they have not already done so and are encour-
aged to attend programs developed by the
Freshman and Sophomore deans.
Suspension
Students are eligible for suspension from
the College when:
• their cumulative grade point average is
below good standing for any two
semesters, or
• they earn a grade point average of 1 .50
or under in any one semester.
The period of suspension will be for a mini-
mum of one full semester, not including May
term or the summer sessions.
^« After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after suspension will
be on academic probation.
• Students readmitted after suspension who
fail to meet the required standards may be
dismissed.
• Students may request pemiission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval will not be
accepted for transfer.
Dismissal
Students will be subject to dismissal from the
College when:
• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc-
cessful course attempts (grades of F and
W) except in the case of withdrawal for
documented medical or psychological
reasons, or
• they cannot reasonably complete all
requirements for a degree.
The standard length of dismissal will be for a
period of two years.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after dismissal will be
on academic probation.
• Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval will not be
accepted for transfer.
Probation, suspension, and dismissal become
effective at the end of the semester in which
the student fails to meet the academic standards
listed above. The student will be notified of
such action via U.S. mail. Receipt of such
notice is not a prerequisite to the student's
being placed on probation, suspension, or
dismissal.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
The integrity of the academic process of
the College requires honesty in all phases of
the instructional program. The College
assumes that students are committed to the
principle of academic honesty. Students who
fail to honor this commitment are subject to
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon-
esty are printed in The Student Handbook.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Dean's List
Students are admitted to the Dean's List at
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they
meet all of the following conditions:
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the
semester
• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50
for the semester
• do not incur grades of F
• do not incur grades of P (except in those
courses graded only as P/F)
• do not repeat any courses (except those
which may be repeated for credit)
Graduation Honors
Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts
degree or the Bachelor of Science degree with
honors when they have earned the following
grade point averages based on all courses
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64
semester hours (16 units) required for a student
to be eligible for honors:
summa cum laiide exactly 3.90-4.00
magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89
cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66
Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and
Societies - Superior academic achievement is
recognized through the conferring of awards
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation
and Commencement and through election to
membership in honor societies.
SOCIETIES
Biology Beta Beta Beta
Business Delta Mu Delta
Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon
Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho
Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma
Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education Kappa Delta Pi
English Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota
General Academic Phi Kappa Phi
History Phi Alpha Theta
Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau
Physics Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology PsiChi
Social Science Pi Gamma Mu
Theatre Alpha Psi Omega
The Academic
Program
Lycoming College awards two different
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bach-
elor of Science (B.S.). For students wishing to
do so, multiple degrees are possible. Candi-
dates for multiple degrees must satisfy all
requirements for each degree and earn a
minimum of 40 units ( 1 60 semester hours).
Students who have completed fewer than 40
units but more than 32 units (128 semester
hours), and who have completed all other
requirements for two baccalaureate degrees
from Lycoming College will receive only one
baccalaureate degree. They must choose the
degree to be conferred. Completed majors
will be posted to the transcript.
Freshmen entering the College during the
2004-2005 academic year are subject to the
requirements which appear on the following
pages. Continuing students are subject to the
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry
unless they elect to complete the current
curriculum. Students who transfer to the
College with advanced standing will be subject
to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have
attained the same academic level.
Students already possessing a baccalaureate
degree who are returning for a second degree
will be reviewed on an individiual basis by the
Registrar and major department. Post-
baccalaureate students will be subject to the
current catalog, must complete all major
requirements and related prerequisites, and
may be required to complete the distribution
requirements. This does not apply to non-
degree students in certificate-only programs.
Students must complete the final 32
semester hours of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester
hours in the major program must be taken at
Lycoming.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^»
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
If a Student interrupts his or her education
but returns to the College after no more than
one academic year has passed, he/she will
retain the same requirements in effect at the
initial date of entrance. A student who
withdraws from the College for more than one
year will, upon return, be required to complete
the requirements currently imposed upon other
students of the same academic level.
Lycoming College certifies five official
graduation dates per calendar year. Diplomas
are awarded when all materials confimiing the
completion of the graduation requirements
have been received and approved by the
Registrar's Office at least five days prior to the
date of graduation. Degrees are awarded at
the following times: January 1 for those who
complete requirements between September 1
and the end of the Fall semester; May Com-
mencenient date for those who complete
requirements between January 1 and the end of
the Spring semester; May term for those who
complete requirements during May tenn;
Summer I for those who compleete require-
ments during Summer I; Summer 11 for those
who complete requirements during Summer II.
Lycoming's Commencement ceremony
occurs in May. Students will be permitted to
participate in the ceremony when (a) they
have finished all degree requirements as of the
preceding January 1 , have finished all require-
ments as of the May date, or have a plan
approved by the Registrar for finishing during
May term or the Summer sessions; and (b)
they are in good academic standing at the
conclusion of their last semester prior to the
ceremony.
The College will graduate any student who
has completed the distribution program,
fiilfilled the requirements for one major, earned
a minimum of 32 units (128 semester hours)
and met all other requirements for graduation.
Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements
and/or policies listed in this Catalog must
be made by the Committee on Academic
Standards.
THE BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE
Lycoming College is committed to the
principle that a liberal arts education is the
ideal foundation for an informed and produc-
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural
and social sciences - have created the social,
political, economic and intellectual systems
which help define contemporary existence.
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated
with these disciplines.
Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is
conferred upon the student who has completed
an educational program incorporating the two
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu-
tion and concentration. The objective of the
distribution principle is to insure that the
student achieves breadth in learning through
the study of the major dimensions of human
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences,
and the natural sciences. The objective of the
concentration principle is to provide depth of
learning through completion of a program of
study in a given discipline or subject area
known as the major. The effect of both
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire
inquiry, and encourage creative thought.
THE BACHELOR OF
ARTS DEGREE
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
quality for graduation:
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Cuiriculum Program requirements.
• Complete one year of Physical Activities,
Wellness, or Community Service. Military
Science 0 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this
requirement.
20(W-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• Complete a major consisting of at least eight
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students
must pass every course required for the
major and have a minimum major grade
point average of 2.00.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.00. Additional credits
beyond 128 semester hours may be completed
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative
average is maintained.
• Complete in residence the final eight courses
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science degree is available
to students majoring in Biology, Chemistry,
Computer Science, or Psychology. Students
may elect either the B.A. or the B.S. degree in
these majors. The B.S. degree is appropriate
for students planning further education in a
graduate or professional school.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology,
Chemistiy, Computer Science, or Psychology.
Students must pass every course required
for the major and have a minimum major
grade point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Curriculum Program requirements.
• Complete one year of Physical Acfivities,
Wellness, or Community Service. Military
Science 01 1,021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this
requirement.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum grade point average
of 2.00. Additional credits beyond 128
semester hours may be completed provided
that the minimum 2.00 cumulative average is]
maintained.
• Complete in residence the final eight courses
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM
The Distribution Program for
the B.A. and B.S. Degrees
A course can be used to satisfy only one
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the
fulfillment of the distribution requirements.
(Refer to page 28 for an explanation of the
grading system.) No more than two courses
used to satisfy the distribution requirements
may be selected from the same department,
except for ENGL 106 or 107 and Foreign
Language courses numbered below 222. This
means that in English, Foreign Languages
literatures, and Theatre care must be taken to
comply with this rule.
A course in any of the following distributioi
requirements refers to a full-unit course (four
semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any
appropriate combination of fractional unit
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate
to four semester hours, any appropriate course
which is taken by cross-registration, any
appropriate course which is part of an ap-
proved off-campus program (such as those
listed in the catalog sections titled COOPERA-
TIVE PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS), or any approved course
transferred from another institution.
Special distribution requirements which
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar
Program appear on page 43. For infomiation
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 26.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
A. English - Students are required to pass
ENGL 106 or 107 during their freshman year.
B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art,
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or
THEA 100, 114, 135-136, 137-138, 145, 148,
201, 212, 235-236, 332, 333, 335.
C. Foreign Language - Students are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless
3xempted on the basis of placement, and a
:ourse numbered above 101 in the same
language. Placement at the appropriate course
level will be determined by the faculty of the
Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures.
D. Humanities - Students are required to pass
four courses from History, Literature (English,
Foreign Languages and THEA 335), Philoso-
phy, and/or Religion. At least one course must
be successfully completed in 3 of the 4
disciplines.
E. Mathematics - Students are required to
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108,
MATH 106, 109, 112, 123, 128. 129, 130.
214, or 2 16. The requirement of competence
in basic algebra must be met before the end of
the fourth semester or within one year of
sntry, whichever is later. Students that have
not met this competency requirement before
the tlnal semester of the applicable time period
must register for MATH 100 in that semester.
New students take the mathematics
placement examination detemiined by the
Department of Mathematical Sciences at a
new-student orientation session. Those who
do not pass this exam may take home a
computerized study guide and take another
exam at a specified time.
After beginning classes at Lycoming
College, a student may satisfy the basic algebra
competence requirement by successful
completion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of
an approved course transferred from another
college, or by passing a competence examina-
tion administered by the Department of
Mathematical Sciences. Enrolled students may
take this examination only once during a
semester and may be subject to a testing fee.
No student will be pennitted to take this
examination while enrolled in MATH 1 00.
F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to
pass two laboratory courses chosen from
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty.
G. Social Sciences - Students are required to
pass two courses from Criminal Justice,
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or
Sociology- Anthropology.
H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required
to pass one designated course which intro-
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are
distinct from the predominant Anglo-American
culUire. The course selected to fulfill this
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of
the other general education requirements in the
liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the
cultural diversity requirement by successfiilly
completing at least one fiill-time semester ( 1 2
semester hours) in a college-accepted study
abroad program.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
will be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to detennine which
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity)
courses for that semester.
ART
ART 222, 339
BUSINESS
BUS 244, 319
ENGLISH
ENGL 332, 334
FRENCH
FRN3I1
GERMAN
GERM 221, 222
HISTORY
HIST 120, 140,220
230, 240
MUSIC
MUS 116, 128,234
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSCI221,327, 347
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 341
RELIGION
REL 110,224,
225, 226, 228
SOCIOLOGY-
SOC 229, 331,334,
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
WOMEN'S STUDIES
335,336,337
SPAN 221, 222, 311
THEA 114,212,
332,333,335,410
WMST 200
Writing Across The
Curriculum Program
I. Purpose
The Lycoming College Writing Across the
Curriculum Program has been developed in
response to the conviction that writing skills
promote intellectual growth and are a hall-
mark of the educated person. The program
has therefore been designed to achieve two
major, interrelated objectives:
1 ) to enhance student learning in general
and subject mastery in particular, and
2) to develop students' abilities to commu-
nicate clearly. In this program, students
are given opportunities to write in a
variety of contexts and in a substantial
number of courses, in which they receive
faculty guidance and reinforcement.
II. Program Requirements
Students must successfully complete the
following writing requirements:
1) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL
107 (Honors Composition).
2) A writing component in all distribution
courses completed at Lycoming.
3) Three courses designated as writing-
intensive, or "W" courses.
The following policies apply:
• Successful completion of ENGL 106
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment
in writing-intensive courses.
• All courses designated "W" are
numbered 200 or above.
• One of the student's "W" courses must
be in his/her major (or one of the
majors) or with departmental approval
from a related department. All
three cannot carry the same course-
number prefix (ex. PHIL, ENGL,
ACCT, etc.).
LYCOMING COLLEGE
III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
ACCOUNTING ACCT 223, 442
ARCHAEOLOGY/CULTURE OF ANCIENT
NEAR EAST ART 222
ART ART222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336, 339
ASTR 230
BIO 200, 222, 224
BUS 342,344,410]
441
CHEM330,33I,332]
COMM 21 1,326,
332, 440
COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246, 346,
448
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
BUSINESS
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
ECONOMICS
EDUCATION
ENGLISH
FRENCH
GERMAN
HISTORY
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES
MATHEMATICS
MUSIC
PHILOSOPHY
PHYSICS
CJ447
ECON 236, 337, 440
EDUC 239, 343,
344, 447
ENGL 218, 225, 331,'
334, 336, 338
FRN222,412
GERM 441
HIST218, 230, 247,1
328, 330, 332, 335,
449
INST 449
MATH 234
MUS 336
PHIL2I6, 217, 218
219,301,332,333,
334, 335, 336, 340
PHYS 338, 447
POLITICAL SCIENCE PSCI 2 1 0, 334, 400,
439
^p
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO(
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
PSY225, 324, 431,
432, 436
REL 230, 331,337
SOC229, 331
SPAN 323, 418,
424, 426
THEA2I2, 332, 333
Physical Activities, Wellness, and
Community Service Program
I. Purpose
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
II. Program Requirements
Students must pass any combination of two
semesters of zero credit course work selected
from the following:
1 . Designated physical activities courses,
2. Designated varsity athletics,
3 . Designated wellness courses,
4. Designated community service projects,
5. Designated military science courses.
CONCENTRATION
The Major
Students are required to complete a series
of courses in one departmental or interdiscipli-
nary (established or individual) major. Specific
course requirements for each major offered by
the College are listed in the curriculum section
of this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or
higher cumulative grade point average in the
major. Students must declare a major by the
beginning of their junior year. Departmental
and established interdisciplinary majors are
declared in the Office of the Registrar, whereas
individual interdisciplinary majors must be
approved by the Committee on Curriculum
Development. Students may complete more
than one major, each of which will be recorded
on the transcript. Students may be removed
from major status if they are not making
satisfactory progress in their major. This action
is taken by the Dean of the College upon the
recommendation of the department, coordinat-
ing committee (for established interdisciplinary
majors), or Curriculum Development Commit-
tee (for individual interdisciplinary majors).
The decision of the Dean of the College may be
appealed to the Committee on Academic
Standards by the student involved or by the
recommending department or committee.
Students pursuing majors in two different
degrees are subject to the policy for dual
degrees on page 32.
Departmental Majors — The following
Departmental majors are available:
Bachelor of Arts Degree:
Accounting
Art History
Art Studio
Astronomy
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
CriminalJustice
Economics
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology- Anthropology
Spanish
Theatre
Bachelor of Science Degree:
Biology
Chemistry
Computer Science
Psychology
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Established Interdisciplinary Majors —
The following established Bachelor of Arts
degree interdisciplinary majors include course
work in two or more departments:
Accounting-Mathematical Sciences
Actuarial Mathematics
American Studies
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East
International Studies
Literature
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors —
Students may design majors which are unique
to their needs and objectives and which combine
course work in more than one department.
These majors are developed in consultation
with students' faculty advisors and with a
panel of faculty members from each of the
sponsoring departments. The applications are
acted upon by the Curriculum Development
Committee. The major normally consists of at
least 10 courses, at least six of which are at the
300 or 400 level. No more than two courses
used to satisfy distribution requirements may be
included in the major. Examples of individual
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies,
Women and the Legal System, and Religion
and Marketing. Applications are available in
the Office of the Registrar.
The Minor
The College awards two kinds of minors,
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog-
nition of concentrated course work in an area
other than the student's major. All minors are
subject to the following limitations:
• A minor must include at least two unit
courses which are not counted in the
student's major.
• A student may receive at most two minors.
• Students with two majors may receive only
one minor; students with three majors may
not receive a minor.
• Students may not receive a minor in their
major discipline unless their major discipline
is Actuarial Mathematics and the minor is
Mathematics (three courses must be taken
outside of the major), their major is Art and
the minor is Art History, their major is
Biology and the minor is Environmental
Science, their major is Religion and the
minor is Biblical Languages.
A discipline is any course of study in
which a student can major. Tracks within
majors are not separate disciplines.
• A student may not receive a minor unless
his/her average in the courses which count
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00.
• Courses taken P/F may not be counted
toward a minor.
Students must declare their intention to
minor by signing a fonn available in the ,
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 1
signatures, and returning the completed fonn t
the Office of the Registrar. Students must mee
the requirements for the minor which are in
effect at the time they declare a minor or which
are in effect subsequent to that time before the>
graduate.
When students complete a minor, the title ■
will be indicated on their official transcript. *
Minor requirements must be completed at the
time of graduation. A
Departmental Minors — Requirements for a
departmental minor vary from department to
department. Students interested in pursuing a
departmental minor should consult that depart-
ment for its policy regarding minors.
Departmental minors are available in the
following areas:
ACCOUNTING
ART
Art History
Commercial Design
Painting
Photography
Sculpture
ASTRONOMY
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
BIOLOGY
Biology
Environmental Science
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
ECONOMICS
ENGLISH
Literature
Writing
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES
French
Gennan
Spanish
HISTORY
American History
European History
History
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Computer Science
Mathematics
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy
Philosophy and Law
Philosophy and Science
Ethics
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Science
American Politics
World Politics
Legal Studies
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
THEATRE
Perfonnance
Technical Theatre
Theatre History and Literature
Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary
minors include course work in two or more
departments. Students interested in interdisci-
plinary minors should consult the faculty
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary
minors are available in the following areas:
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE
ANCIENT NEAR EAST, BIBLICAL LAN-
GUAGES, and WOMEN'S STUDIES
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Professional
Advising" in The Advising Program section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts
provide the best preparation for fiature teachers.
Thus, all education students complete a liberal
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College
Teacher Education Certificate requirements.
Students can be certified in elementary,
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship,
general science, mathematics, physics, social
sciences), K-I2 (art, foreign languages, music),
and special education (cognitive, behavior and
physical/health disabilities). All teacher
education programs are approved by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in most
other states either through reciprocal agree-
ments or by transcript evaluation. For more
detailed infonnation, see the Education Depart-
ment listing on page 99.
Preparation for Health Professions — The
program of pre-professional education for the
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteopathic,
podiatric and veterinary medicine; optometry,
and phannacy) is organized around a sound
foundation in biology, chemistry, mathematics,
and physics and a wide range of subject matter
from the humanities, social sciences, and fine
arts. At least three years of undergraduate
study is recommended before entry into a
professional school; the normal procedure is to
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions known to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC), Dr.
Edward Gabriel, Chair, during their first
semester (see page 46).
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Lycoming offers a strong preparation for
students interested in law as a profession.
Admission to law school is not predicated
upon a particular major or area of study;
rather, a student is encouraged to design a
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary
major) which is of personal interest and
significance. While no specific major is
recommended, there are certain skills of
particular relevance to the pre-law student:
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading
comprehension. These skills should be
developed during the undergraduate years.
Pre-law students should register with the
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC),
Dr. John Whelan, Chair, during their first
semester (see page 47).
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students preparing to attend a theological
seminary should examine the suggestions set
down by the Association of Theological
Schools. It is recommended that students
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with
a major in one of the humanities (English,
history, languages, literature, philosophy,
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri-
can studies, criminal justice, economics,
international studies, political science, psychol-
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students
preparing for a career in religious education
should major in religion and elect five or six
courses in psychology, education and sociol-
ogy. This program of study will qualify
students to work as educational assistants or
directors of religious education after graduate
study in a theological seminary.
Students should register with the Theologi-
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC),
Dr. Steven Johnson, Chair, during their first
semester. TPAC acts as a "center" for
students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the
needs of students who want to prepare
themselves for the ministry, religious educa-
tion, advanced training in religion, or related
vocations (see page 47).
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
Lycoming has developed several coopera-
tive programs to provide students with opport-
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and
talents in selected areas through access to the
specialized academic programs and facilities of
other colleges, universities, academies and
hospitals. Although thorough advising and
curricular planning are provided for each of
the cooperative programs, admission to
Lycoming and registration in the program of
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop-
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting
students to the cooperative aspect of the
program rests with the cooperating institution.
Students who are interested in a cooperative
program should contact the coordinator during
the first week of the first semester of their
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to
plan their course programs in a manner that
will ensure completion of required courses
according to the schedule stipulated for the
program. All cooperative programs require
special coordination of course scheduling at
Lycoming.
Engineering — Combining the advantages of a
liberal arts education and the technical training
of an engineering curriculum, students com-
plete three years of study at Lycoming and two
years at a cooperating university. Upon
satisfactory completion of the first year of
engineering studies, Lycoming awards a
Bachelor of Arts degree. When students
successfully complete the second year of
engineering studies, the cooperating university
awards a Bachelor of Science degree in
engineering.
At Lycoming, students complete the dis-
tribution program and courses in physics,
mathematics, and chemistry. The cooperating
Universities offer aerospace, agricultural,
ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, electrical,
engineering science, industrial, mechanical,
mining and nuclear engineering. Faculty
advisor: Dr. David Wolfe.
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
porestry or Environmental Studies —
.ycoming College offers a cooperative
irogram with Duke University in environ-
nental management and forestry. Qualified
tudents can earn the baccalaureate and master
legrees in five years, spending three years at
.ycoming and two years at Duke. All
.ycoming distribution and major requirements
nust be completed by the end of the junior
'ear. At the end of the first year at Duke, a
)accalaureate degree will be awarded by
.ycoming. Duke will award the professional
legree of Master of Forestry or Master of
environmental Management to qualified
;andidates at the end of the second year.
The major program emphases at Duke are
-"orest Resource Management, Resource Eco-
lomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology.
The program is flexible enough, however,
0 accommodate a variety of individual designs.
Vn undergraduate major in one of the natural
;ciences, social sciences, or business may
)rovide good preparation for the programs at
)uke, but a student with any undergraduate
;oncentration will be considered for admission.
W\ students need at least two courses each in
)iology, mathematics, and economics.
Students begin the program at Duke in July
ifter their junior year at Lycoming with a one-
nonth session of field work in natural resource
nanagement. They must complete a total of
18 units which generally takes four semesters.
Some students prefer to complete the
)accalaureate degree before undertaking grad-
late study at Duke. The master degree
equirements for these students are the same as
br those students entering after the junior
fear, but the 48-unit requirement may be
educed for completed relevant undergraduate
vork of satisfactory quality. All credit
eductions are determined individually and
jonsider the students' educational background
md objectives. Faculty advisor: Dr. Melvin
Zimmerman.
Medical Technology - Students desiring a
career in medical technology may cither
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of
Science program followed by a clinical
internship at any hospital accredited by the
American Medical Association, or they may
complete the cooperative program. Students
electing the cooperative program normally
study for three years at Lycoming, during
which time they complete 24 unit courses,
including the College distribution requirements,
a major, and requirements of the National
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences (NAACLS). The current requirements
of the NAACLS are: four courses in chemis-
try (one of which must be either organic or
biochemistry); four courses in biology (includ-
ing courses in microbiology and immunology),
and one course in mathematics.
Students in the cooperative program usually
major in biology, following a modified major of
six unit courses that exempts them from
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO
225). Students must take either Microbiology
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human Physiol-
ogy (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 435). The
cooperative program requires successful
completion of a one-year internship at a hospital
accredited by the American Medical Associa-
tion. Lycoming is affiliated with the following
accredited hospitals: Williamsport, Robert
Packer, Lancaster, Graduate, and Abington.
Students in the cooperative program receive
credit at Lycoming for each of eight courses in
biology and chemistry successfully completed
during the clinical internship. Successful
completion of the Registry Examination is not
considered a graduation requirement at
Lycoming College.
Students entering a clinical internship for
one year after graduation from Lycoming must
complete all of the requirements of the
cooperative program, but are not eligible for
the biology major exemptions indicated above.
1004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Upon graduation, such students may apply for
admission to a clinical program at any hospital.
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Joseph Lipar.
Optometry — Through the Accelerated
Optometry Education Curriculum Program,
students interested in a career in optometry
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry after only three years at
Lycoming College.
After four years at the Pennsylvania College
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for
the professional segment of the program is
completed by the admissions committee of the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one
of two routes that students may choose. Any
student, of course, may follow the regular
application procedures for admission to the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another
college of optometry to matriculate following
completion of his or her baccalaureate program.)
During the three years at Lycoming College,
the student will complete 24 unit courses,
including all distribution requirements, and will
prepare for his or her professional training by
obtaining a solid foundation in biology, chemis-
try, physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry, the student will take 39 semester
hours of basic science courses in addition to
introductions to optometry and health care.
Successllil completion of the first year of
professional training will complete the course
requirements for the B. A. degree at Lycoming
College.
Most students will find it convenient to
major in biology in order to satisfy the
requirements of Lycoming College and the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such
students are allowed to complete a modified
biology major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified
major requires the successful completion of the
initial year at the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors
must coordinate their plans with the Health
Professions Advisory Committee in order to
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements.
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel.
Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry
may either seek admission to a college of
podiatric medicine upon completion of the
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel-
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu-
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program
provides an opportunity for students to qualif
for admission to the Pennsylvania College of
Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the Ohio
College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) after
three years of study at Lycoming. At
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program
must successfiilly complete 24 unit courses,
including the distribution requirements and a
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, physics
and mathematics. During the first
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students
must successfully complete a program of basic
science courses and an introduction to podiatry
Successfijl completion of the first year of
professional training will contribute toward the
fulfillment ofthe course requirements for a
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming.
Students in the cooperative program who
major in biology will be allowed to complete {
modified major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM.
Students interested in a career in podiatric
medicine should indicate their intentions to the
Health Professions Advisory Committee.
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel.
U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training Corps
Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program
provides an opportunity for Lycoming students
to enroll in Anny R.O.T.C. Lycoming notes
enrollment in and successful completion ofthe
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
urogram on student transcripts. Military
science is a four-year program divided into a
jasic course given during the freshman and
jophomore years and an advanced course
'iven during the junior and senior years.
Students who have not completed the basic
;ourse may qualify for the advanced course by
completing summer camp between the
sophomore and junior years. Students enrolled
n the advanced course receive a monthly, non-
;axable stipend of $ 1 ,000. One course each in
tvritten communication, computer proficiency,
md military history will fulfill the professional
nilitary education requirements.
Students successfiilly completing the
idvanced course and advanced summer camp
jetween the junior and senior years will qualify
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in
;he United States Arniy upon graduation, and
ivill incur a service obligation in the active
^rmy or Anny Reserves.
THE HONORS PROGRAM
The Scholar Program
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students
3f superior intellectual ability. Lycoming
Scholars satisfy the College's distribution
requirements with more challenging courses
than students not in the Scholar Program are
required to complete. (Substitutions to the
Scholar Distribution Requirements can be made
only by successful application to the Scholar's
Council. ) Lycoming Scholars also participate in
special interdisciplinary seminars and in an
independent study culminating in a senior
presentation. Scholars may audit a fifth course
each semester at no additional cost. In addition.
Scholars may be exempted from the usual
limitations on independent studies by the
Individual Studies Committee.
Students are admitted to the program by
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group
which oversees the program. The council
consists of a director and four other faculty
selected by the Dean of the College, and four
students elected by current scholars. The
guidelines governing selection of new scholars
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into
account. Students who desire to participate in
the Scholar Program but are not invited may
petition the Scholar Council for consideration.
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar
Council with letters of recommendation from
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to
the director of the Scholar Program.
To remain in the program, students must main-
tain a cumulative average of 3 .00 or better. Stu-
dents who drop below this average will be placed
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one
semester, they will be asked to leave the program
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher.
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior Scholar
Seminar in which they present the results of
their independent studies. In addition, the
following distribution requirements must be
met.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.A. and B.S. Programs
A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council
strongly recommends that qualified scholars
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits.
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the
freshman year.
B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from the
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 115, 220 or higher;
Music: MUS 117, 160 or higher; Theatre:
THEA 114 or higher, excluding THE A 135-
136, 137-138, or 148; Creadve Writing:
ENGL 240, 322, 342, 4 1 1 , 4 1 2, 44 1 or 442;
Literature: Any English Literature course
(except ENGL 215) and the literature courses
of the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures (French, Gemian, or Spanish).
C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher.
Placement at the appropriate course level will
be determined by the faculty of the Department
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars
who have completed two or more years of a
given language in high school are not admitted
for credit to the elementary course in the same
foreign language except by written permission
of the chairman of the department.
D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass
four courses from three of the following
disciplines: History: any course numbered
200 or higher; Literature: any English
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French,
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course
numbered 222 or higher.
E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least
a grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 106, 109,
1 12, 123 or CPTR 108; or successfully
complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130, 214 or
216.
F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required
to pass two laboratory courses from the
following: Astronomy/Physics: any course
numbered 1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course
numbered 110 or higher; Chemistry: any
course numbered 1 1 0 or higher.
G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to
pass two courses from the following: Eco-
nomics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher;
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol-
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 1 0, 220,
229, 300 or higher.
H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required
to pass one designated course which intro-
duces students to Cultural Diversity which is
distinct from the dominant western culture.
Approaches to study may be artistic, historical,
sociological, anthropological, international.
psychological, or issues oriented. The course
selected to fiilfiU this requirement may also be
used to satisfy one of the other general educatioii
requirements in the liberal arts. i
I. Writing Across the Curriculum. This
requirement is the same as that stipulated by i
the College for all students. i
J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu-
nity Service. This requirement is the same as
that stipulated by the College for all students.
K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team-
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every
semester under the direction of the Lycoming
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are
required to successfiilly complete five seminars
and they are permitted to register for as many as
eight. Topics for each academic year will be
selected by the Scholar Council and announced
before spring registration of the previous year.
Students must be accepted into the Scholar
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar.
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a
least one seminar during the freshman year.
L. Senior Project — In the senior year,
scholars must successfully complete an
independent studies or departmental honors
project which has been approved in advance b>
the Independent Studies Committee and the
Scholar Council. This project must be
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar
Council.
M. Major — Scholars must complete a majoi
and 32 units (128 semester hours), exclusive ol
the Senior Scholar Seminar.
Note to Transfer Students — In the case of
transfer students and those who seek to enter
the program after their freshman year and in
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to
involve special or extraordinary circumstances,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
he Council shall make adjustments to the
cholar distribution requirements provided that
n all cases such exceptions and adjustments
vould still satisfy the regular College distribu-
ion requirements.
Vlanagement Scholars
Program of the Institute for
Vlanagement Studies
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
*rogram for academically talented students in
he three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student must
atisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one or
more of the IMS departments. However,
the IMS Director may invite or permit
other students to join the Management
Scholars Program who do not meet this
criteria, such as freshmen who have not
yet declared a major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or
exhibit strong academic potential if the
student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
itudent must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfiilly complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfijlly complete a major or minor in
one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in
both overall college work, and within an
IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfiilly complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar is
aught per academic year on an interdisciplinary
:opic of relevance to students in all three IMS
departments. The seminars are offered as one
>emester-hour courses and do not result in
overload charges for fiill-time students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
College Scholars may also become Manage-
ment Scholars and participate in both programs.
Departmental Honors
Honors projects are normally undertaken
only in a student's major, and are available
only to exceptionally well-qualified students
who have a solid background in the area of the
project and are capable of considerable self-
direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00.
The prerequisites for registration in an honors
program are as follows:
• A faculty member from the department(s)
in which the honors project is to be under-
taken must agree to be the director and must
secure departmental approval of the project.
• The director, in consultation with the
student, must convene a committee consist-
ing of two faculty members from the
department in which the project is to be
undertaken, one of whom is the director of
the project, and one faculty member from
each of two other departments related to the
subject matter of the study.
• The Honors Committee must then certify by
their signatures on the application that the
project in question is academically legiti-
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors
project, and that the student in question is
qualified to pursue the project.
• The project must be approved by the
Committee on Individual Studies.
Students successfully complete honors
projects by satisfying the following conditions
in accordance with guidelines established by
the Committee on Individual Studies:
• The student must produce a substantial
research paper, critical study, or creative
project. If the end product is a creative
project, a critical paper analyzing the
techniques and principles employed and the
nature of the achievement represented in the
project shall be also submitted.
J004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• The student must successfully explain and
defend the work in a final oral examination
given by the honors committee.
• The Honors Committee must certify that the
student has successfijlly defended the
project, and that the student's achievement
is clearly superior to that which would ordi-
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in
a regular independent studies course.
• The Committee on Individual Studies must
certify that the student has satisfied all of
the conditions mentioned above.
Except in unusual circumstances, honors
projects are expected to involve independent
study in two consecutive unit courses.
Successful completion of the honors project
will cause the designation of honors in that
department to be placed upon the permanent
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the
College library. In the event that the study is
not completed successfully or is not deemed
worthy of honors, the student shall be re-
registered in independent studies and
given a final grade for the course.
THE ADVISING PROGRAM
Academic Advising
One advantage of a small college is the
direct, personal contact between a student
and the College faculty who care about that
student's personal, academic, and profes-
sional aspirations. The student can draw
upon their years of experience to resolve
questions about social adjustment, workload,
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the
member of the faculty with the most impact
on a student is the academic advisor.
The freshman advisor, whom the student
meets at summer orientation, assists with
course selection by providing accurate
information about requirements, programs
and career options. Advisors help students to
identify other campus resources. Health
Services can supply counseling support for
students with personal adjustment issues.
During the sophomore year, the student i
must choose a major and select an advisor frod
the major department. The new advisor, while
serving as a resource, can best advise that
student about course selection and career
opportunities.
Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to contrib-
ute to students' development in yet another
way. They insist that students assume full
responsibility for their decisions and academic
progress. By doing so, they help to prepare
them for the harder choices and responsibilities
of the professional world.
Also, Lycoming provides special advising
programs for careers in medicine, law and
religion. Interested students should register
with the appropriate advisory committee
immediately after deciding to enter one of
these professions.
Pre-Professional Advising
(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in the
Concentration section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Students interested in obtaining teacher cert-
ification should consult with a member of the
Education Department as early as possible.
See the Education Department listing on
page 99.
Preparation for Health Professions —
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions know to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HP AC)
during their first semester. This committee ,
advises students concerning preparation for |
and application to health-professions schools.
All pre-health professions students are invited
to join the student Pre-Health Professions
Association. Also see descriptions of the
cooperative programs in podiatric medicine,
optometry, and medical technology.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
reparation for Legal Professions —
udcnts interested in pre-law should register
ith the Legal Professions Advisory Committee
,PAC) during their first semester and should
in the Pre-Law Society on campus. LP AC
isists the pre-law student through advising,
mipilation of recommendations, and dissemina-
)n of information and materials about law and
e legal profession. The Pre-Law Society
)onsors films, speakers, and field trips
eluding visits to law school campuses.
reparation for Theological Professions —
:udents who plan to investigate the religious
)cations should register with the Theological
■ofessions Advisory Committee (TPAC) during
eir first semester. TPAC acts as a "center"
ir students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the
;eds of students who want to prepare
emselves for the ministry, religious educa-
Dn, advanced training in religion, or related
jcations. Also, it may help coordinate
[temships for students who desire practical
cperience in the parish ministry or related
eas.
lCADEMIC
UPPORT SERVICES
Lcademic Resource Center (ARC)
aniel Hartsock, Director
ine Keller, Assistant Director
■WW. lycoming.edu/arc
The Academic Resource Center, located on
le third floor of the Snowden Library,
rovides a variety of free services to the
mipus community.
Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on-
one. Writing Consultants use questioning
techniques to help writers improve papers
while developing confidence and indepen-
dence as writers. Writers may use the
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to
work on papers while consulting with tutors
about development, organization, grammar,
documentation, and any other writing
concern. Writing Consultants offer 35
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly.
Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC
offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost
every course. Tutors assist students with
homework assignments and test prepara-
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC
website or by contacting the ARC directly.
Study Skills Support — The ARC provides
support through individualized instruction
and through small group workshops upon
request. Topics vary depending on the
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a
more fomial option for study skills support:
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop.
ARC 100 Success Skills Workshop
A seven-week course, the workshop
introduces students to a variety of topics
important to student success. Among
these are time management, learning
styles, motivation, highlighting text,
note-taking. Topics will be selected to
meet students' needs. ARC 100 is highly
recommended for students who, in consul-
tation with their academic advisors, choose
to improve their academic skills. This
non-credit course will be graded on a
pass/fail basis.
Disability Support — The Coordinator of
Services for Students with Disabilities
assists students in arranging for classroom
accommodations, meeting requirements,
and developing appropriate study practices.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Freshmen
Lycoming College believes a student's
freshman year needs structure and support.
This office serves as a focal point for the
freshman and his or her family.
Freshman Orientation — The purpose of
this required program is to acquaint new
students and their families more fully with
the College so that they can begin their
)04-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Lycoming experience under the most
favorable circumstances. Students sit for
placement tests, confer with their academic
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and
become acquainted with their classmates.
1st Weekend — Begins the day freshmen
arrive with New Student Convocation. The
weekend activities include academic success,
career and library workshops along with
social events.
Information and Support — Students
and their families find the Office of the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessible
resource to resolving problems, developing
solutions, coordinating services and enabling
student success. Student and family
newsletters are provided during the year.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Sophomores
The College continues to provide academic
counseling and support as students move into
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for
Sophomores meets individually with second
year students and, in cooperation with the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small
group retreats and other meetings. These
efforts are designed to alert students to their
circumstances, to help them explore options,
to motivate them to achieve their academic
aspirations, and to provide them with useful
strategies and resources for success.
In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults
with students on a variety of personal, social,
residential, financial, and other concerns.
Early Assessment
During the sixth week of the semester
classroom instructors prepare Early Assess-
ment Progress Reports for freshmen, new
transfer students, students on academic
probation, and students with cumulative GPAs
less than 2. 1 0. In week seven, academic
advisors, students, parents, deans, and coaches
receive these progress reports and can counsel
students having difficulty regarding adjustment
strategies. Progress grades are not recorded
on the student's permanent record.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES
I
First-Year Seminar - Every fall, Lycoming
College offers a number of first-year seminars
small classes that investigate topics in various
disciplines. Students receive a letter from the
Director of the First Year Seminar in the
spring before their freshman year telling them
what seminars will be available.
May Term — This four-week voluntary
session is designed to provide students with
courses listed in the catalog and experimental;
and special courses that are not normally
available during the fall and spring semesters
and summer sessions. Some courses are
offered on campus, others involve travel. In !
addition to the courses themselves, attractionji
include less fonnal classes and reduced tuitionj
rates. On campus courses have included
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing am
Advertising. Travel courses have included •
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and
Photography in France and Spain, Cross-
Cultural Psychology in France and Spain, and
Tropical Marine Biology in Jamaica. Student?
may take a maximum of 4 semester hours.
Summer Sessions I and II — These two sue
cessive five-week academic terms offer the
opportunity for students to complete intern-
ships, independent studies and semester
courses. Students may take a maximum of 8
semester hours.
Independent Studies — Independent studies
are available to any qualified student who
wishes to engage in and receive academic
credit for any academically legitimate course
of study for which he or she could not other-
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced)
and in any department, whether or not the
student is a major in that department. An inde
pendent studies project may either duplicate a
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO<
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
atalogue course or be completely different
rom any catalog course. In order for a student
a be registered in any independent study course,
tie following conditions must be satisfied:
) An appropriate member of the faculty must
agree to supervise the project and must
certify by signing the application form that
the project involves an amount of legiti-
mate academic work appropriate for the
amount of academic credit requested and
that the student in question is qualified to
pursue the project.
;) The studies project must be approved by
the chair of the department in which the
studies project is to be undertaken. In the
case of catalog courses, all department
members must approve offering the catalog
course as an independent studies course.
) After the project is approved by the
instructor and the chair of the appropriate
department, the studies project must be
approved by the Committee on Individual
Studies.
Participation in independent studies
irojects which do not duplicate catalog
curses is subject to the following:
Students undertaking independent studies
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50.
Students may not engage in more than one
independent studies project during any
given semester.
Students may not engage in more than two
independent studies projects during their
academic careers at Lycoming College.
The Individual Studies Committee may
exempt members of the Lycoming College
Scholar Program from these two limitations.
As with other academic policies, any other
xceptions to these two rules must be approved
>y the Committee on Academic Standards.
nternship Program — An internship is a
oursc jointly sponsored by the College and a
(ublic or private agency or subdivision of the
[College in which a student is able to earn
ollege credit by participating in some active
;apacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice.
For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship,
at least ten hours per week must be spent in
agency duties. Academic requirements include
a daily log or journal, a research paper of
approximately ten pages or its equivalent, and
a reading list of approximately five books or
the equivalent. The student and academic
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the
internship.
The objectives of the internship program
are:
1) to further the development of a central
core of values, awarenesses, strategies,
skills, and infonnation through experi
ences outside the classroom or other
campus situations, and
2) to facilitate the integration of theory and
practice by encouraging students to relate
their on-campus academic experiences
more directly to society in general and to
possible career and other post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular.
Any junior or senior student in good acad-
emic standing may petition the Committee on
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an
intern. A maximum of 1 6 credits can be
earned through internships, practica, and/or
student teaching. Guidelines for program
development, assignment of tasks and
academic requirements, such as exams,
papers, reports, grades, etc., are established in
consultation with a faculty director at
Lycoming and an agency supervisor at the
place of internship.
Students with diverse majors have partici-
pated in a wide variety of internships,
including ones with NBC Television in New
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County
Historical Society, the American Cancer
Society, business and accounting firms, law
offices, hospitals, social service agencies,
banks and Congressional offices.
Practica — Practica are offered in Account-
ing, Art, Biology, Business, Communication,
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS,
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
and Psychology. These courses require 10 to
12 hours of work per week in a business,
agency, or organization in addition to class-
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be
earned through practica, internships, and/or
student teaching.
Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide
individuals who have completed a baccalaure-
ate degree with the opportunity to become
certified teachers through on-the-job training.
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate and be certified by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary,
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship,
general science, mathematics, physics, social
sciences), K-12 (art, foreign languages,
music), and special education (cognitive,
behavior and physical/health disabilities).
Interested individuals should file a formal
application with the Education Department for
admission to the Intern Program. Upon
completion of the application process, interns
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the
Pennsylvania Department of Education which
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching
position. Necessary professional coursework
can be completed prior to the teaching
experience when individuals obtain teaching
position. See Education Department on page
99 for more information.
The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full
semester liberal arts program for professional
development and field study is available to
Lycoming students. The program is open to
juniors majoring in any discipline or program.
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges
Association.
Washington Semester — With the consent
of the Department of Political Science and the
Registrar, selected students are permitted to
study in Washington, D.C., at The American
University for one semester. They may choose
from seven different programs: Washington
Semester, Urban Semester, Foreign Policy
Semester, International Development Semester,
Economic Policy Semester, Science and
Technology Semester, or American Studies
Semester.
United Nations Semester — With the
consent of either the Department of History
or Political Science and the Registrar, selected
students may enroll at Drew University in
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations
Semester, which is designed to provide a first-
hand acquaintance with the world organiza-
tion. Students with special interests in world
history, international relations, law, and
politics are eligible to participate.
Capitol Semester Internship Program —
This program is available to eligible students
on a competitive basis. The program is co-
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of
Administration and Department of Education.
Paid internships are available to students in
most majors. Interested students should
contact the Career Development Center for
additional information.
STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS
Students are encouraged to participate in a
variety of study abroad programs sponsored by
affiliates or other institutions. Students who
intend to study abroad must have a cumulative
grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Study
abroad opportunities range from summer
sessions to a full semester or academic year
overseas. All overseas programs require prior
approval from the students' major depart-
ments, the Study Abroad Coordinator, and the
Registrar. Applications may be obtained from
the Study Abroad Coordinator.
Before embarking on an overseas learning
experience, students should review the study
abroad materials in the Career Development
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
renter (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the
lelp of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they
nust identify any additional program require-
nents such as fluency in a foreign language.
A limited number of competitive grants for
itudy abroad at our affiliate institutions are
ivailable. Application forms are posted on the
lollege's home page under Academic Pro-
grams, Study Abroad. For more details,
;ontact the Study Abroad Coordinator.
..ycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad
)ackage.
Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop-
jrative arrangements with seven institutions
)verseas: Anglia Polytechnic University
Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite
5tendhal-Grenoble3 (Grenoble, France),
^studio Sampere (Spain), Lancaster Univer-
;ity (Lake District, England), Oxford-Brookes
Jniversity (Oxford, England) Regent's
ZoUege (London, England), and Tandem
iscuela Intemacional (Madrid, Spain).
I!ourse offerings vary at each institution,
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for
letails. Students interested in the programs at
jrenoble, Sampere, and Tandem should
contact the Department of Foreign Languages
ind Literatures.
Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions
..ycoming students have taken advantage of
)pportunities offered by other institutions in
countries such as Australia, the Czech
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico,
Mew Zealand, and Sweden. Information
•egarding these and other programs are
ivailable in the Career Development Center,
he Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures, and from the Study Abroad
coordinator.
!»tudent Teaching Abroad — Lycoming
College has established a cooperative program
kVith Moorhead State University enabling
;eachcr education students to do all or part of
:heir student teaching in a foreign country.
,"1 ■ ... ~ ■ ■■•*^'
This program offers exceptional students
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any
country in the world. Students are placed in
independent international schools where
English is the instructional language. An
effort is made to assign students to geographi-
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds,
serve their special interests and expand their
cultural horizons.
NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare
of students engaged in or en route to or from
any off-campus studies or activities which are
not under its exclusive jurisdiction.
>004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CURRICULUM
Curriculum
Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and
Freshman level courses
Numbers 200-249 Intennediate courses and
Sophomore level courses
Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and
Junior level courses
Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and
Senior level courses
Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses
offered on a limited basis
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre
Practicums and other fractional credit courses
Numbers 470-479 Internships
Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study
Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for
Departmental Honors
*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined
by department
Courses not in sequence are listed separately,
as:
Drawing ART 1 1 1
Color Theory ART 212
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated
with a dash between, meaning that the first
semester must be taken prior to the second, as:
Intermediate French
FRN 111-112
Except for academic reasons, all students
have the right of access to all courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING
ACCOUNTING (AccT)
Associate Professor: Kuhns
Assistant Professors: Slocum (Chairperson),
Wienecke
Part-time Instructor: Kremer
The purpose of the accounting major is to
lielp prepare the student for a career within the
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the
major in accounting consists of two separate
tracks. Track I is a 150 semester hour
program designed to meet the 1 50 hour
requirement of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accounts for those students
whose goal is to become a member of the
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state.
Track II is a 128 semester hour program and is
designed to meet the requirements of the
Pennsylvania State Board of Accountancy for
those students whose goal is to become
Certified Public Accountants in Pennsylvania.
Students planning to sit for the Uniform
Certified Public Accounting Examination are
advised to check with their State Board of
Accounting to assure that they have completed
all courses required for C.P.A. licensure.
The Department of Accounting is a
member of the Institute for Management
Studies. Seepage 120.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 436, 440, 441,
443; BUS 128, 210, 211, 223, 235, 244, 338,
441;ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1; MATH 123. All
accounting majors are required to take and
pass a standardized accounting achievement
exam during their final semester. Students
who fail may retake the exam or take an
independent study in the area(s) that were
tested unsatisfactorily.
Track requirements:
1. Accounting-150 hours:
ACCT 320, 442, 447, and either 449 or
470-479; BUS 236; ECON 1 1 0 and 1 1 1 ;
one course from SOC or PSY
2. Accounting-128 hours:
One course from ACCT 320, 442, 449,
470-479, or BUS 345
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ACCT 223 and 442.
Minor
A minor in the Department of Accounting
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four higher
numbered accounting courses as determined
by the student's interests.
100
PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING
This course prepares students to make
better informed financial decisions in a
complicated world. A practical, relatively non-
technical course designed to help the student
identify and plan to meet their financial goals.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
110
ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY
An introductory course in recording,
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the
basic business transaction. Problems of
classification and interpretation of accounts
and preparation of financial statements are
studied.
130
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL
DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to the various components
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed
on managerial problem-solving techniques and
the analysis of the results. Accounting
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume
profit relationships, managerial control
processes and the use of computers as aids to
decision-making are studied. Students will
gain hands-on experience with various
computer applications of managerial account-
ing. Prerequisite: A CCT 110.
112>
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Methods of accounting for material, labor
and factory overhead expenses consumed in
manufacturing using job order, process, and
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite:
ACCTllO.
320
ACCOUNTING INFORMATION
SYSTEMS/FUND ACCOUNTING
An introduction to design and use of
accounting infonnation systems (AIS) and
design and implementation of control systems
in AIS. An introduction to the theory and
practice of fund accounting. Prerequisite:
ACCTllO. Co-requisite: BUS 211 (in the
first half of the semester)
344
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
An in-depth examination of the environ-
ment within which financial accounting theory
exists. An examination of the basic postulates
that underlie financial statements and a
critique of what financial reporting means.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of
instructor.
345
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq-
uisite: ACCT 344.
436
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY III
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting liabilities,
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite:
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofC, or
consent of instructor.
440
AUDITING THEORY
A study of the science or art of verifying,
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and
reports. The goal of the course is to empha-
size concepts which will enable students to
understand the philosophy and environment of
auditing. Special attention is given to the
public accounting profession, studying
auditing standards, professional ethics, the
legal liability inherent in the attest function,
the study and evaluation of internal control,
the nature of evidence, the growing use of
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic
data processing, and the basic approach to
planning an audit. Finally, various audit
reports expressing independent expert
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING
•
opinions on the fairness of financial statements
are studied. Prerequisites: ACCT 344,
MA TH 123. BUS 21 1, and senior status: or
consent of instructor.
441
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Analysis of the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions,
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical
problems involving detemiination of income
and deductions, capital gains and losses,
computation and payment of taxes through
withholding at the source and through declara-
!tion are considered. Planning transactions so
that a minimum amount of tax will result is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
442
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING
An analysis of the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to partnerships, estates,
trusts, and corporations. An extensive series
of problems is considered, and effective tax
planning is emphasized.
Prerequisite: ACCT 110, or consent of
instructor.
443
ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS
COMBINATIONS
Certain areas of advanced accounting
theory, including business combinations and
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi-
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit.
447
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
An intensive study of partnerships, install-
ment and consignment sales, branch account-
ing, foreign currency transactions, and
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite:
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit.
449
PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the real world of
accounting. Students are placed in Managerial
and Public Accounting positions in order to
effect a synthesis of the students' academic
course work and its practical applications.
Specifics of the course work to be worked out
in conjunction with department, student and
sponsor. May he repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in accounting typically work off
campus under the supervision of a public or
private accountant.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Typical examples of recent studies in
accounting are: computer program to
generate financial statements, educational core
for public accountants, inventory control, and
church taxation.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS
ACCOUNTING -
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator)
The accounting-mathematical sciences
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer,
within a liberal arts framework, courses which
will aid in constructing mathematical models
for business decision-making. Students
obtain the necessary substantial background in
both mathematical sciences and accounting.
Required accounting courses are: ACCT
110,223,320,344,345,441,442. In
mathematical sciences, required courses are:
CPTR 125, 321 and MATH 1 12, 128, 129,
338 and either 123 or 332. Recommended
courses include: MATH 130, 238, 333;
BUS 223, 235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108,
246; ECON 1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and
SOC 110.
ACTUARIAL
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator)
The Actuarial Mathematics major is
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame-
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial |
career. Students obtain the necessary i
mathematical background for the first actu-
arial exam and two or three exams beyond the
first one. Students also obtain some back-
ground in accounting, economics, and
business which is needed for an actuarial
career. At the time of completion of all major
requirements, or shortly thereafter, a student
should be prepared to sit for up to four of the
examinations of the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Mathematics major consists
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non-
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences,
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128,
129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338.
Also required are ACCT 1 10, ECON 1 10; one
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT
130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or
441; two semesters of MATH 339 or 449
taken during the junior and/or senior years
with at least one semester for a letter grade.
Recommended courses include: ACCT
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR
108; ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106,
23 1 , 432, 434. It is also strongly recom-
mended that the student complete as many of
the actuarial examinations as possible prior to
graduation.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^»
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
AMERICAN STUDIES
•
AMERICAN
STUDIES (AMST)
[rofessor: Piper (Coordinator)
I The American Studies major offers a com-
rehensive program in American civilization
;/hich introduces students to the complexities
Underlying the development of America and
:s contemporary life. Thirteen courses are
icluded.
^our Course Requirements
The primary integrating units of the major,
tiese courses — some team-taught — will
ncourage students to consider ideas from
lifferent points of view and help them to
orrelate information and methods from
'arious disciplines:
. AMST 200 — America as a Civilization
(First semester of major
study)
;. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the
Arts and Literature
1. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and
Methodology (junior or senior year)
k Internship or Independent Study (junior
or senior year)
Concentration Areas
Six courses in one option and three in the
)ther are needed. Six primary concentration-
)ption courses in American Arts or American
society build around the insights gained in the
:orc courses. They focus particular attention
)n areas most germane to academic and
/ocational interests. The three additional
courses from the other option give further
breadth to an understanding of America.
Students also will be encouraged to take
elective courses relating to other cultures.
Students should design their American
Studies major in consultation with the
program coordinator.
American Arts Concentration Option
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ENGL 222 — American Literature I
ENGL 223 — American Literature II
MUS 128 — American Music
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre
American Society Concentration Option
ECON 224 — Urban Problems
PSCI 33 1 — Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 335 — Law and Society
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 99.
200
AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION
An analysis of the historical, sociocultural,
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri-
can civilization with special attention to the
interrelationships between these various
orientations. May be taken for either one-half
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B);
declared majors and prospective majors should
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years.
220
AMERICAN TRADITION IN
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE
The relationship of the arts and literature to
the various historical periods of American life.
470-479 INTERNSHIP (See Index)
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY
(See Index)
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
(See Index)
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
ARCHAEOLOGY
AND CULTURE OF
THE ANCIENT
NEAR EAST
Instructor: Knauth (Coordinator)
The interdisciplinary major in Archaeology
and Culture of the Ancient Near East is
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle
of Western civilization." The major requires
completion often courses relevant to the study
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern
worlds from the following courses, which are
described in their departmental sections:
1 . Two courses in archaeology:
REL 226 Biblical Archaeology
and one course from:
REL 40 1 Field Archaeology (based
on an excavation trip)
REL 42 1 Archaeological Field
Supervision
REL/HIST/ART 470-479
Internship (in archaeology
or museum work)
REL/HIST/ART N80-89
Independent Study (project
in archaeology)
2. Four courses in culture from:
ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non- Western
Art
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HIST 210 Ancient History
REL 113 or 114
Old or New Testament Fait
and History (not both)
REL 223 Backgrounds of Early
Christianity
REL 224 Judaism and Islam
REL 228 History and Culture of the
Ancient Near East
3. Two semesters of foreign language from:
HEBR 1 0 1 - 1 02 Old Testament Grammar
and Readings
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar
and Readings
(Modem Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek,
or Latin may be substituted)
4. Two courses from related disciplines,
subject to advance approval by the
supervisory committee. These courses
may be taken from the fields of anthropol-
ogy, art, economics, geology, history,
literature, philosophy, political science, or
religion (or other related fields); they can
be taken as independent study projects.
Topics should be relevant to some aspect
of ancient or modem Near Eastem or
Greco-Roman study. Additional "culture"
courses as listed above are allowed in this
category. Although not included in the
major, the study of German and/or French
is highly recommended for those planning
to pursue graduate studies in the field.
Minor
An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires
completion of one archaeology course from
REL 226 or 40 1 , and four courses at least
three of which must be numbered 200 or
higher from ASTR 102 or 1 12, ART 222,
HIST 210, REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226,
228, 401, 421, SOC 1 14, and 229. At least
two of these courses must be from outside the
Religion Department.
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
1 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^L
'^jj^^Hp ^:;.
1 ^Ay
r '^^{^^^^^ '
^^^^^^K/
d^^H. '^ '"#
^, iiiMA^.'ci(fc
VRT (ART)
rofessor: Golahny (Chairperson), Shipley
Lssociate Professor: Estomin
assistant Professor: Tran
'art-time Instructors: Bastian, Gorg, Kaufinan,
Rhone, States, Stemgold, Johnson
The Art Department offers two majors in
le B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History.
rHE B.A. DEGREE -
JTUDIO ART
To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree
/ith a major in studio art, students must
iomplete the seven-course foundation program
ind the requirements for an area of spccializa-
ion. successfully complete each semester's
ioUoquium (while a declared major), and
Successfully complete the senior exhibition.
xceptioii to participation in the colloquium
nay he made by the art faculty.
Placement into ART 227, Introduction to
'holography, will be based on the experience
f the student and determined by the faculty of
the Art Department. Students who place out
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in
photography. In addition, students placed into
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV,
Commercial Design, will be required to take
both ART 344, Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive
Multi-Media and Web Design. Students
specializing in Track VI, Photography/
Electronic Art, will be required to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media;
ART 43 1 , Advanced Digital Imaging; or an
approved independent study.
Foundation Program
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling*
ART 2 12 — Color Theory
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval
and Non-Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
* Students planning to follow the Art
Generalist track are not required to take ART
1 16 as part of the foundation program.
Areas of Specialization
I. Painting
ART 220 — Painting 1
ART 221— Drawing II
ART 330 — Painting II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
II. Printmaking
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 228 — Printmaking 1
ART 338 — Printmaking II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^p
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
III. Sculpture
ART 225— Sculpture I
ART 226 — Figure Modeling II
ART 335— Sculpture II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
IV. Commercial Design
ART 221— Drawing II
ART 337— Photography II
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer
Art
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media, OR
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and
Web Design. (Commercial
Design majors are strongly
encouraged to take both.)
ART 442 — Special Projects with
Commercial Design
ART 470— Internship OR
ART 449 — Art Practicum
A student is encouraged to take the
following courses: ART 43 1 , Advanced
Digital Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS
344, Electronic Commerce and Internet
Marketing; COMM 323, Feature Writing for
Special Audiences; COMM 1 1 0, Principles of
com-munication; and PSY 224, Social
Psychology.
V. Generalist Art Major
To be taken by those students who are seeking
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this
area of specialization is recommended for
those students also majoring or minoring in
Psychology with a possible future career in art
therapy.
ART 119 — Ceramics I
ART 220 — Painting
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 228 — PrintmakingI
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer
Art
and two art history courses numbered 300 or
above.
Students planning to complete the K-12 an
certification program must also fulfill the i
following requirements: ;
ART 310 — History and Practice of Art
Education
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of
Education
EDUC 239 — Middle and Secondary
School Curriculum and !
Instruction
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology
EDUC 446, 447, 448, and 449 —
Professional Semester
Students are also encouraged to take ART 1 1 (
and EDUC 232.
VI. Photography/Electronic Art
ART 337— Photography II
ART 342 — Color and Medium Format
Photography
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer
Art
ART 43 1 — Advanced Digital Imaging OR
ART 432 — Large Format Photography
Two Art History courses numbered 300 or
above.
Students are also encouraged to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media,
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and
Web Design.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339. The
following courses, when scheduled as W \
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334,
336, and 339.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
ART HISTORY
To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in art history, a student must take
courses in art history, studio art, and history
and/or religion. A student majoring in art
history is advised to take a foreign language.
Art History majors (once declared) are
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG]
ART
equired to participate in each semester's art
olloquium.
Required of all students:
VRT 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
\RT 223 — Survey of Art: From the
Renaissance through the
Modem Age
^RT 447 — Art History Research
\RT 148, 248, 348, 448 Art Colloquium
Choose four of the following:
^RT 310 — History /Practice Art Education
^RT 33 1 — Recent Developments in Art
*lRT 333 — 19th Century European and
American Art
\RT 334 — Art of the Renaissance
\.KT 336 — Art of the Baroque
UlT 339 — Women in Art
rhoose two of the following:
\RT 1 1 1 — Drawing I
\.RT 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
\KT 116 — Figure Modeling I
\RT 227 — Introduction to Photography
fwo Additional Courses Outside the Art
)epartment:
Students must take at least two additional
;ourses in the areas of History, Literature,
[heater or Religion. Students should select
hese courses with their advisors.
The following courses have been approved
o be offered as writing intensive courses and
nay be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 33 1 ,
533, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check
;emcster class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
lemester.
Minors
Five minors are offered by the Art Department,
■lequirements for each follow: Commercial
Design: ART 111,115,212, 223, 227 and 343;
Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and 22 1 or
>23; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223, 227,
337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16,225,226,
535, and 1 11, 1 19 or 445; Art History: ART
222, 223 and two advanced art history courses.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Art majors who minor in art history must take
two additional upper level courses beyond the
two required for the minor intended for
students who major in other disciplines (i.e.,
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses).
Ill
DRAWING I
Study of the human figure with gesture and
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar
with different drawing techniques and media.
Some drawings from nature.
115
TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
The basic fundamentals found in the two-
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space,
color, and composition are taught in relation-
ship to the other two-dimensional arts.
Perceptual theories and their relationships to
what and why we see what we see in art are
discussed with each problem.
116
FIGURE MODELING I
Understanding the figure will be approached
through learning the basic structures and pro-
portions of the figure. The course is conceived
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least
one figure will be cast by each student.
119
CERAMICS 1
Emphasis placed on pottery design as it
relates to function of vessels and the design
parameters imposed by the characteristics of
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to
encourage expression rather than to dispense
merely a technical body of infonnation.
212
COLOR THEORY
A study of the physical and emotional
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten
will form the base for this course with some
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber
Birren. and Wilhelm Ostwald.
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
220
PAINTING I
An introduction of painting techniques and
materials. Coordination of color, value, and
design within the painting is taught. Some
painting from the figure. No limitations as to
painting media, subject matter, or style.
Prerequisite: ART 1 15 or consent of instructor.
221
DRAWING II
Continued study of the human figure.
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure-
ground coordination with the use of value and
design. Prerequisite: ART 111.
Ill
SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT,
MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART
A survey of the major developments in the
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non-
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation
of fonn and content, the function and meaning
of the visual arts within their respective
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy.
223
SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE THROUGH
THE MODERN AGE
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of fomi and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: 14th-20th centuries.
225
SCULPTURE I
An introduction to the techniques, materi-
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax,
wood, and other materials will be used. The
course will be concerned with ideas about
sculpture as expression, and with giving
material forni to ideas.
226
FIGURE MODELING II
Will exploit the structures and understand-
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce
larger, more complex figurative works. There
LYCOMlNGCOLLEGE
will be a requirement to cast one of the works'
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consenl
of instructor.
Ill I
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY '
Objectives of the course are to develop
technical skills in the use of photographic j
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom,
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the |
areas of composition, fonn, light, picture I
qua:lity, etc. Each student must own (or have I
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- |
manual operation. I
228 ^
PRINTMAKING I
Introduction to the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography
printing. One edition of at least six prints mus
be completed in each area. Prerequisite: ART
1 1 1 or 115: or consent of instructor.
119
CERAMICS II
Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite:
ART 119.
310
HISTORY AND PRACTICE
OF ART EDUCATION
This course concerns the teaching of art,
from the distant past to the present. Topics
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its
philosophy, history, and context; lesson
planning; and teaching methods. Course work
includes observation of art classes in elemen-
tary and secondary schools in the greater
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in
the K-12 certification program.
330
PAINTING II
Continuation of Painting I (ART 220).
Emphasis is placed on individual style and
technique. Artists and movements in art are
studied. No limitations as to painting media,
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220.
^»
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
•
i
31
£CENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART
Recent developments, taking into account
lobal issues, historical reference, and news
ledia.
33
9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
lND AMERICAN ART
The art of Western Europe and the United
tates from 1 780-1900, with emphasis on
ainting in France. Those artists to be studied
iclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the
Tipressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins.
34
lrt of the renaissance
The art of Italy and Northern Europe from
300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters
jiotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael,
'itian. Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors
ihiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the
rchitects Brunelleschi and Alberti.
35
ICULPTURE II
A continuation of Sculpmre I (Art 225).
emphasis is on advanced technical process,
lasting of bronze and aluminum sculpture will
le done in the school foundry. Prerequisite:
[RT225.
136
\R1 OF THE BAROQUE
Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture
n Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on
kmini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, with
pecial attention given to the expressive, nar-
ative, and painterly styles present in their art.
137
PHOTOGRAPHY II
To extend the skills developed in Introduc-
ion to Photography (ART 227) by continued
growth in technical expertise including
nstruction in photo art processes such as
:ollage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/or
oning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual and
aesthetic aspects of photography. Prerequisite:
ART 227.
338
PRINTMAKING II
Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228).
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity printing.
Prerequisite: ART 228.
339
WOMEN IN ART
A survey of women artists from a variety of
viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social,
political and economic — which seeks to
understand and integrate the contributions of
women artists into the mainstream of the
history of art.
342
COLOR AND MEDIUM
FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY
Study of techniques and aesthetics of color
photography using color negatives and/or
slides, traditional darkroom and/or digital
printing techniques. Study of techniques and
aesthetics of medium format photography.
Integration of tools to students' own artistic
process emphasized. A portfolio including
examples of color, medium format, traditional
darkroom printing and archival digital printing
will be produced. Prerequisites: ART 227,
337. and 343.
343
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ART
Use of computers as an artist's and
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on
study of image manipulation, illustration and
layout programs. Content of course includes
funda-mentals of vector and raster imaging,
typography, design, layout, color separation,
and manipulating computer images obtained
from scanners, video sources, and the stu-
dents' own original production using comput-
er paint software. Prerequisites: ART 227
and either ART 1 1 1 or 115: or consent of
instructor.
!004-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
L YCOM [NG COLLEGE
ART
344
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Use of the computer as a tool to create,
manipulate and edit video for artistic and
commercial purposes. Content of course
includes computer animation, multi-media
program production and computer interfaced
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
430
INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA
AND WEB DESIGN
This course is a concentrated, hands-on
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the
history and design principles of interactive art,
creation of 2-D computer animation, digital
sound editing, Web design and CD-ROM
production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or consent
of instructor.
431
ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING
This course continues the study of the
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is
the capstone course for those Photography/
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the
majority of their senior show work in the
digital media. Students learn advanced
imaging techniques, work with digital cam-
eras, use scanners as "cameras," combine
traditional and digital photography, and
experiment with a variety of printing processes
and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
432
LARGE FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY
Study of techniques and aesthetics of large
format photography and alternative processes.
Integration of tools to student's own artistic
process emphasized. A final portfolio of large
format photography and alternative process
photography will be produced. Includes
creation of work which may be incorporated
in the senior group exhibition. This course will
serve as the capstone course for traditional
photographers in the Photography/Electronic
Art Track. Prerequisites: ART 342.
440
PAINTING III
Advanced study of painting techniques am
materials. A personal painting direction is
expected. There is some experimentation witl
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART
330.
441
DRAWING III
Continued study of the human figure,
individual style, and professional control of
drawing techniques and media are emphasizec
Prerequisite: ART 22]
442
SPECIAL PROJECT IN
COMMERCIAL DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commercial
design utilizing computer graphics, page
layout programs and paint, draw and image
manipulation software that simulate traditional
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers,
colored pencils and ink pens. The following
skills are involved: illustration, photography,'
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays'
scanning color separation, matching and
proofing and preparation of files for a service
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
445
SCULPTURE III
In Sculpture III the student is expected to
produce a series of sculptures that follow a
conceptual and technical line of development.
Prerequisites: ART 1 16, 225, and 335.
446
STUDIO RESEARCH
Independent research and creation of new
artwork in an elective studio area, conducted
under the supervision of the appropriate
faculty member. Includes creation of work,
which may be incorporated in the senior group
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALCK
I
ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
jxhibition. This course will serve as tiie
:apstone studio experience for Art majors in
the Painting, Printmaking and Sculpture
Tacks.
147
\RT HISTORY RESEARCH
Independent research, conducted under the
supervision of the appropriate faculty member,
ncludes the research and writing of a thesis, to
)e presented to a committee of Art Department
iaculty. This course may be repeated for credit.
148, 248, 348 and 448
\RT COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
itudents and invited professionals discuss and
jritique specific art projects. Required of all
'tudents majoring in art. Taken each semes-
er. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail.
Voii-credit seminar.
149
VRT PRACTICUM
This course offers students internship
ixperience in commercial design or commer-
;ial photography with companies and organi-
:ations. Students work at least 10 hours per
veek for a sponsoring company and attend
eminar sessions on issues relevant to their
vork assignments. Students must apply
lirectly to the Art Department to arrange job
(lacement before pre-registration to be eligible
or this course. Prerequisite: ART 442 or
'onsent of instructor.
m-419
NTERNSHIP (See index)
This course offers students internship
xperience in commercial design or commer-
ial photography with companies and organi-
lations. Prerequisite: ART 430 or 442, or
•onsent of instructor. Students must apply
Hrectly to the Art Department to arrange job
placement bejbre pre-registration to be
ligible for this course.
90-491
NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
ASTRONOMY
AND PHYSICS
Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson),
Fisher, Wolfe
Visiting Professor: Simanek
The department offers two majors. The
major in astronomy is specifically designed to
train students in the field of planetarium edu-
cation; it also may serve as a basis for earning
state certification as a secondary school teacher
of general science. The major in physics can
prepare students for graduate work in physics,
astronomy, and related physical sciences, for the
cooperative program in engineering, for state
certification as secondary school teachers of
physics, or for technical positions in industry.
ASTRONOMY (ASTR)
The major in astronomy requires courses in
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics.
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 12 or
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; two courses in
chemistry to be selected from CHEM 110, 111,
330, 331, or 439; and MATH 128-129.
Astronomy majors are also required to register
for four semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-
credit colloquia)
The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the results would be pre-
sented at a departmental colloquium. A double
major in astronomy and physics need only take
the course once. Students participating in an
engineering 3-2 program will be exempt from
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
taking ASTR 448. Students who have success-
fully completed a summer REU, RUG, or
equivalent research experience may request
departmental approval to substitute that
experience plus an additional advanced
astronomy or physics course not already
required by the major in place of ASTR 448.
The following courses are recommended:
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 99.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: ASTR 230.
Minor
A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of
C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225
plus any three additional courses selected from
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or
higher.
104
FIELD GEOLOGY
A methods course introducing the field
techniques needed to study the geology
of an area. May or summer term only.
107
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
A methods course providing the opportunity
to make a variety of astronomical observations,
both visually and photographically, with and
without telescopes. The planetarium is used to
familiarize the student with the sky at various
times during the year and from different
locations on earth. May or summer term only.
101
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
111
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
A summary of current concepts of the
universe from the solar system to distant
galaxies. Describes the techniques and
instruments used in astronomical research.
Presents not only what is reasonably well
known about the universe, but also considers
some of the major unsolved problems.
ASTR 101 and 111 share the same three hour
of lecture and two hours of laboratoiy each
week. ASTR 111 has one additional hour each
week for more advanced mathematical treat-
ment of the material. Credit may not be
earned for both 101 and HI. Corequisite for
111: MATH 127 or consent of instructor.
102
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
112
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
A study of the surface processes and intemj
structure of the planet Earth. Shows how past
events and lifeforms can be reconstmcted from
preserved evidence to reveal the geologic historj
of our planet from its origin to the present.
Describes the ways geology influences our
environment. ASTR 102 and 112 share the
same three hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory each week. 112 has one additional
hour each week for more advanced mathemati
cal treatment of the material. Credit may not
be earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite
for 112: MATH 127 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
114
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I
Traces the beginnings of rocketry and spac«
flight capability from Sputnik (1957) through
the conclusion of the Apollo moon landings
(1972). Extensive use of NASA video and
other audio-visual aids. Examination of
scientific, engineering and political motivations
When taken in May term, must be scheduled
with ASTR 115. Not for distribution. Alternati
years. One-half unit of credit.
115
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II
Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab
missions ( 1 973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of
NASA video. Examination of scientific,
engineering, and political motivations. When
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with
ASTR 114. Not for distribution. Alternate
years. One-half unit of credit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO(]
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
230
PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES
A methods course covering major aspects of
planetarium programming, operation and
maintenance. Students are required to prepare
and present a planetarium show. Upon
successfully completing the course, students
are eligible to become planetarium assistants.
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and
three hours of practical training per week.
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR
101 or 111. Alternate years.
243
PLANETARY SCIENCE
A comparative survey of the various classes
of natural objects that orbit the sun, including
the major planets, their satellites, the minor
planets, and comets. Topics include meteoro-
logical processes in atmospheres, geological
processes that shape surface features, internal
stmctures, the role of spacecraft in the
exploration of the solar system, and clues to
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar
system. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: a grade ofC or better in
ASTR III or 112. or PHYS 225. Alternate
years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special
theory of relativity and an introduction to the
general theory. Topics include: observational
and experimental tests of relativity, four-
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, alterna-
tive cosmological models, and the origin and
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225.
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344.
445
STELLAR EVOLUTION
The physical principles governing the
internal structure and external appearance of
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and
transport within stars. The evolution of stars
from initial formation to final stages. The
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn-
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 226.
Alternate years.
446
STELLAR DYNAMICS AND
GALACTIC STRUCTURE
The motion of objects in gravitational fields.
Introduction to the n-body problem. The
relation between stellar motions and the galactic
potential. The large-scale structure of galaxies
in general and of the Milky Way Galaxy in
particular. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 225.
Alternate years.
448
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
under the guidance of a faculty member in the
department. In weekly meetings, they share
reports from the literature and report on their
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prereqidsite: Permission of the
instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448. May be
taken a second time with departmental approval.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and
physics offers students a chance to meet and
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, and
related scientific areas talk about their own
research or professional activities. In addition,
majors in astronomy and physics must present
two lectures, one given during the junior year
and one given during the senior year, on the
results of a literature survey or their individual
research. Students majoring in this department
are required to attend four semesters during the
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be
given when the student gives a lecture. Other-
wise the grade will be P/F. Students in the
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and
Engineering are required to attend two semes-
ters and present one lecture during their junior
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week.
Cross-listed as PHYS 349 & 449.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of astronomy.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS (PHYS)
The major in physics requires courses in
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331,
332, 448 and four additional courses numbered
PHYS 333 or higher; two courses in chemistry
to be selected from CHEM 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 330, 33 1 ,
or 439; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors
are also required to register for four semesters
of PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit coUoquia).
The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the results would be
presented at a departmental colloquium. A
double major in astronomy and physics need
only take the course once. Students participat-
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be
exempt from taking PHYS 448. Students who
have successfully completed a summer REU,
RUG, or equivalent research experience may
request departmental approval to substitute
that experience plus an additional advanced
astronomy or physics course not already
required by the major in place of PHYS 448.
Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 111,
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two
of the four physics electives. The following
courses are recommended: MATH 23 1,238;
CPTR 125 (all three required for the coopera-
tive engineering program and by many
graduate schools), and PHIL 223, 333.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 99.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447.
Minor
A minor in physics requires completion of
the following courses with a C grade or better:
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional
course selected from PHYS courses numbered
300 or higher.
106
ENERGY ALTERNATIVES
A physicist's definition of work, energy, and
power. The various energy sources available for
use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The
advantages and disadvantages of each energy-
conversion method, including availability,
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present
areas of energy research and possible fiiture
developments. Projections of possible ftiture
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in
energy collection, conversion, and utilization.
May or summer term only.
108
GREAT IDEAS OF THE
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE
An introduction to several major concepts
of physics which have developed over the past
several centuries, relating them to their broad
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive
rather than a mathematical discussion of topics
which range from early Greek concepts of
science to present day methods and techniques
used to describe the physical universe. Many
distinctions and similarities between science
and other areas of human endeavor will be
studied to demonstrate the beauty, simplicity,
harmony, and grandeur of some of the basic
laws which govern the universe. Three hours
of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. A Iternate years.
225-226
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in physics, astro-
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics
include mechanics, themiodynamics, electricity
and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^R
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
and one three-hour laboratory^ per week.
Corequisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent
of department, MATH 109 may substitute for
MA TH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite.
331
CLASSICAL MECHANICS
An analytical approach to classical mechan-
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics
of single particles and systems of particles,
gravitation and other central forces, moving
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto-
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: MA TH 129 and a grade
ofC or better in PHYS 225.
332
ELECTROMAGNETISM
A theoretical treatment of classical electro-
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics,
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten-
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter,
MaxwelFs equations, the electromagnetic field,
and the propagation of electromagnetic
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours
oflaboratoty per week. Prerequisites: MATH
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
333
OPTICS
Geometrical optics, optical systems,
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MA TH 128: or
consent of instructor. A Iternate years.
336
MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS
Solution of ordinary linear differential
equations using power series and Laplace
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled
differential equations, Fourier analysis using
both trigonometric and complex exponential
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces,
partial differential equations, boundary value
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq-
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years.
337
THERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Classical thermodynamics will be pre-
sented, showing that the macroscopic proper-
des of a system can be specified without a
knowledge of the microscopic properties of
the constituents of the system. Then statistical
mechanics will be developed, showing that
these same macroscopic properties are
determined by the microscopic properties.
Four hours of lecture and recitation per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MA TH 129.
Alternate years.
338
MODERN PHYSICS
Thorough investigation of changes in the
classical understanding of space and time
together with those of energy and matter that
led to the time development of relativistic and
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include:
introduction to special relativity, blackbody
radiation, the postulation of the photon and
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom,
concepts of symmetry, and development and
applications of the Schrodinger equation. Four
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 129 and
a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
339
CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS
Structural topics include ordinary crystal-
line structures, liquid crystals, quasi-crystals,
and nanostructures. Property-related topics
include periodic potentials, band structure,
electromagnetic and thermal properties,
superconductivity, superfluidity, aspects of
surface physics, and aspects of polymer
physics. Four hours of lecture and three
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 332 and MA TH 129, or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
-•I
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory
of relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and future
of the universe. Four hows of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTRlllandPHYS225.
A Iternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344.
439
INTRODUCTION TO
QUANTUM MECHANICS
Introduction to the basic concepts and
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the
free particle, the simple hannonic oscillator,
the hydrogen atom, and other central force
problems are presented using the Schrodinger
wave equation approach. Topics also include
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues,
the uncertainty principles, stationary states,
representation of wave functions by eigenstate
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi-
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and
MA TH 231. Cross-listed as CHEM 439.
447
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
The course will consider properties of
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear
reactions (including fission and fusion), and
properties of elementary particles. The
interactions of nuclear particles with matter
and the detection of nuclear particles will be
covered. It will be shown how observed
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of
ftindamental interactions, how these forces act
at the smallest measurable distances, and what
is expected to occur at even smaller distances.
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three
hours oflaboratoiyper week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 226. MATH 129, and either PHYS 338
or CHEM 110. Alternate years.
448
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
under the guidance of a faculty member in the
department. In weekly meetings, they share
reports from the literature and report on their
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of the
instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. May be
taken a second time with departmental ap-
proval.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for juniors
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics
offers students a chance to meet and hear active
scientists in astronomy, physics and related
scientific areas talk about their own research or
professional activities. In addition, majors in
astronomy and physics must present two
lectures, one given during the junior year and one
given during the senior year, on the results of a
literature survey ortheir individual research. j
Students majoring in this department are required!
to attend four semesters during the junior and ;
senior years. A letter grade will be given when the'
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to {
attend two semesters and present one lecture !
during theirjunior year. Non-credit course. One
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in physics work off campus under
the supervision of professional physicists
employed by local industries or hospitals.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of physics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
•
BIOLOGY (BIO)
Professor: ZimmenTian
Associate Professor: Gabriel
Assistant Professors: Briggs (Chairperson),
Lipar, McGarvey, Morrison, Newman
The Department of Biology offers both
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors
available in Biology and Environmental
Science. Consent of instructor may replace
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper
level biology courses.
The B.A. Degree
To earn the B.A. degree students must
complete the 13 course major which consists
of BIO 110, 111,222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and
one course in Biology numbered 328 or higher
(excluding BIO 400, 401 or 470); one course
from CHEM 1 1 5, 220, or 22 1 plus two
additional units of Chemistry; two units of
mathematical sciences chosen from CPTR
108, 125 and/or MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or
above. In addition, juniors and seniors are
required to successfully complete BIO 349/
449 (non-credit colloquium) for a maximum
of four semesters and complete the capstone
experiences described below. Enrollment in
student teaching and/or other similar off-
campus academic experiences will be accepted
by the department in lieu of that semester's
colloquium requirement. Only two courses
numbered below 221 may count toward the
major. Declared Biology majors may substi-
tute BIO 106-107 for BIO 110-111 with
written consent of the department chair.
The B.S. Degree
To earn the B.S. degree students must
complete the 13 course major described for
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement,
complete the capstone experiences described
below, and pass three courses chosen in any
combination from the following: BIO 328 or
above (including BIO 400, 401 and/or 470),
CHEM 200 or above, PHYS 200 or above,
or MATH 127 or above.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
Cooperative Programs
Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and
B.S. degrees will be made for students in
accelerated programs. The requirements for
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol-
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the
Academic Program section of the catalog.
Students interested in these programs should
contact the program director before finalizing
their individual programs.
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: BIO 200, 222 and 224.
Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors
In order to graduate, all biology majors
must demonstrate to the Department their
command of biology by meeting the following
three criteria.
1. Practical Experience: All students must
complete at least one of the experiences
in the following list: Internship,
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi-
ence, Independent Studies, Honors,
Medical Technology Internship, Teach-
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer
work. (Summer experiences. Biology-
related volunteer work, or working as a
lab assistant must be approved by the
Department in order to be used to meet
this requirement.)
2. Research & Presentation Component:
All junior and senior majors are
required to successfully complete
Biology Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449)
during all their semesters on campus.
During their final year, students will
research a biological topic and make an
oral presentation at the Biology Collo
quium. This will provide the student
with the basic level of information
literacy in the biological science.
3. Assessment: All majors are required to
take at least one of the exams listed
below or pass a Biology Department Exit
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT,
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the
end of their first semester of their senior
year, students must provide the Depart-
ment official documentation of the scores
they have earned on one of these exams.
If one or more of these requirements
have not been met by the end of their
first semester of their senior year, the
student must submit a plan signed by
their advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Biology major interested in becoming
certified at the secondary level to teach
Biology and/or General Science should, as
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education
Handbook and should make their plans known
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled before the Professional Semester.
a) To obtain certification in Secondary
Biology a student must successfully
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200,
PSY 138, EDUC 239, the Pre-Student
Teaching Participation, and the Profes-
sional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 and
449). Students may choose EDUC 232
as an Education elective.
b) Students interested in obtaining General
Science/Biology certification must com-
plete all the requirements for secondary
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR
1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recommended as an additional course.
Minors
The Department of Biology offers two
minors: Biology and Environmental Science.
A minor in biology requires the completion
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG!
BIOLOGY
heir appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two
ntroductory biology courses). At least two of
hese must be from the series of courses BIO
522,224,225, 321, or 323.
A minor in Environmental Science consists
)f two introductory biology courses (one of
vhich must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two
idditional courses numbered 200 or higher,
)ne course in economics (recommended
iCON 225), and ASTR 102.
Biology majors who minor in Envirormien-
:al Science must complete all requirements of
he biology major. In addition, they need to
:omplete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 225,
\STR 1 12, and one course selected from
either ECON 240, SOC 229, or an advanced
biology course (328 or higher).
Clean Water Institute
This institute is designed to provide a
forum for the natural resource heritage of
Sforth Central Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna
River and its major tributaries (Pine,
Loyalsock, Lycoming, and Muncy Creeks).
The institute provides a service not only to
Lycoming College students, through coordi-
nation of Environmental internships, practica
[BIO 401 ) and independent study/honors
projects, but also the community. This may
include seminars or workshops on environ-
mental issues as well as monitoring assistance
to watershed groups.
106
CELLS, GENES AND SOCIETY
This course investigates the roles cellular
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in
everyday life. The primary goal of this course
is to improve recognition and understanding
of the implications of biology in health care,
agriculture, law, bioethics, and business.
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 106
and 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for
BIO 107. Three hours of lecture and one-
three hour lab per week.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
107
ANATOMY FOR HEALTH
CARE CONSUMERS
This course is a brief survey of human
anatomy and physiology, which includes study
of the complementary nature of form and
function, as well as study of the levels of
biological organization within the body. The
objective is to provide students with a back-
ground which will allow them to read,
compre- hend, and appreciate current articles
on this subject in the popular press. Students
learn the names, structure, and general
functions of the major organs of the body.
Animal dissec-tion is optional. Credit may
not be earned for both BIO 107 and III.
BIO 106 is not a pre-requisite for BIO 107.
Three hours of lecture and one-three hour
laboratory per week.
110-111
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in the
biological sciences. Major topics considered
include the origin of life, cellular respiration
and photosynthesis, genetics, development,
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior,
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107
and 111. Prerequisite for BIO HI: BIO 1 1 0.
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratoiy per week.
200
THE 4^" AND 5™ KINGDOMS
While food, oxygen and medicines are all
necessary for human existence, the importance
of plants and fungi are often ignored by our
society. Plants and fiingi play an essential role
in our planet's ecology and are central in
human cultural evolution. Topics covered by
this course include the ways plants and fungi
work, how humans have used plant and fungal
products for their benefit and pleasure
through-out history, and how different
phytochemicals can influence human health.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
We will also examine human impacts on plant
and fungal biodiversity, how we have altered
the environment in our quest for food and the
perfect American lawn, and the impacts of
genetic engineering. Three hours of lecture
and one three-hour laboratory per week.
This course does not count towards the
biology major.
213-214
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Using the organ-systems approach, the
course is an introduction to the human body —
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop-
ment — with particular attention to structure
and function at all levels of its biological
organization (molecular through organismal).
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour
laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite for BIO
213: CHEM 115 or 220, or consent of
instructor. Prerequisite for BIO 214: BIO 2 13.
220
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
This course provides an introduction to eco-
logical principles and concepts with an examina-
tion of the biological basis of contemporary
environmental problems. The effects of human
population on earth's resources are studied
against a background of biological and health
sciences. This course is designed primarily for
students not planning to major in the biological
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite: BIO
110. This course is not a substitute for BIO 111
for majors.
222
GENETICS
A general consideration of the principles
governing inheritance, including treatment of
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology,
microbial, human, and population genetics.
Three hours of lecture and two two-how
laboratoiy periods per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 110-111.
ECOLOGY
The study of the principles of ecology with
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical,
and biological factors affecting the distribution
and succession of plant and animal popula-
tions and communities. Included will be field
studies of local habitats as well as laboratory
experimentation. Three hours of lecture and
one three-hour laboratory per week. Prereq- 1
uisites: BIO 110-111.
225
PLANT SCIENCES
A survey of the structure, development,
function, classification, and use of plants and
related organisms. The study will comprise
four general topic areas: form, including
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth
and reproduction; function, concentrating on
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo-
synthetic organisms; classification systems and
plant identification, and human uses of plants. I
Three hours of lecture and one three hour
lab-oratoiy per week. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111.
226
MICROBIOLOGY FOR
THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A study of microorganisms with emphasis
given to their taxonomy and their role in various
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha-
nisms for treating and preventing infectious
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include'
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech-
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: One year of introductory
level biology, one year ofchemistiy or consent oj
instructor. Not open to students who have
received creditfor BIO 321.
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
•
[ICROBIOLOGY
A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is
ven to the identification and physiology of
licroorganisms as well as to tiieirrole in disease,
leir economic importance, and industrial
jplications. Three hours of lecture and two
vo-hour lahoratoiy periods per week. Prereq-
Isites: BIO 1 1 0-1 1 1. Not open to students who
ive received credit for BIO 226.
23
UMAN PHYSIOLOGY
The mechanisms and fianctions of systems,
icluding the autonomic, endocrine, digestive,
irdiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous,
id reproductive systems. Three hours of
'dure and one three-hour laboratory per
'eek. Prerequisites: BIO IIO-III.
28
.QUATIC BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course dealing with
•eshwater ecosystems. Studies will include a
iirvey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as
'ell as the physical and chemical characteris-
es of water that influence their distribution,
everal local field trips and an extended field
ip to a field station will familiarize students
nth the diver- sity of habitats and techniques
flimnologists. Alternate years. Prerequi-
ites: BIO 110-111.
29
■ROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course where students
tudy the creatures of the fringing reefs,
•arrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and
langrove swamps at a tropical marine
aboratory. Studies will include survey of
ilankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the
ihysical and chemical characteristics that
nfiuence their distribution. Prerequisites:
MO 110-111. A Iternate May terms.
333
MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS
An overview of plants that produce
physiologically active substances that are
important to humans and animals. Major
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms of
poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful
physiological effects. Laboratory topics
include plant classification and techniques for
compound identification. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparative study of the invertebrate phyla
with emphasis on phylogeny, physiology,
morphology, and ecology. Two three-hour
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Prereq-
uisites: BIO 110-111. A Iternate years.
338
HUMAN ANATOMY
An upper-division elective course which
uses a combined organ-system and regional
approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course includes lecture, laboratory and
individual and/or group mini-projects. Com-
puter simulated dissection software packages
are used extensively. Video presentations of
cadaver dissections and a video disk of cross-
sectional anatomy are available for study.
Prerequisites: BIO 110 and 111.
340
PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS
An investigation of different herbivorous
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores
influence plants. Topics include evolution of
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on
individuals and communities, and types of
plant defenses. We will also discuss how
animals deal with plant defenses, the advan-
tages and disadvantages of monophagous and
polyphagous lifestyles, diftcrent types of
herbivores and herbivore damage, and
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
•
mutualisms between plants and their herbi-
vores. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
341
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
A study of the development of vertebrates
from fertilization to the fully fonned fetus.
Particular attention is given to the chick and
human as representative organisms. Two
three-hour lecture/laboratoiy periods per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alter-
nate years.
342
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A study of causation, function, evolution,
and biological significance of animal behaviors
in their normal environment and social
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratory each week. Prerequi-
sites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
346
VIROLOGY
An introduction to the study of viruses.
The course will cover virus anatomy and
reproduction, diseases caused by viruses,
modem treatments of viral infections and viral
vaccines produced by recombinant DNA and
other technologies. Course content will also
include a description of how viruses are used as
tools for genetic engineering and for studying
cellularprocesses like membrane signal
transduction, regulation of genetic expression
and oncogenesis (cancer). Four hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
347
IMMUNOLOGY
The course introduces concepts concerning
how pathogens cause disease and host defense
mechanisms against infectious diseases.
Characterization of and relationships between
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented.
Serological assays will include: agglutination,
precipitations, immunofluorescence,
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such ai
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological rena
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups,
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and
function of complement, autoimmunity, and
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hour$
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, andon^
hour ofarranged work per week. Pr'crequi-
sites: BIO 1 1 0-1 1 1. Alternate years.
348
ENDOCRINOLOGY
This course begins with a survey of the
role of the endocrine hormones in the Integra
tion of body functions. This is followed by aj
study of the control of hormone synthesis an(i
release, and a consideration of the mecha- I
nisms by which hormones accomplish their i
effects on target organs. Two three-hour
lectur-e/labor-atory periods per week. Prereq
uisites: BIO I lO-III. Alternate years. ,
400 i
BIOLOGY PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by th^
Department and a public or private agency. .
The practicum is designed to integrate
classroom theory with field or laboratory
practice. In addition to attendance at a
weekly seminar, students will spend 10-12
hours per week at the sponsoring agency.
Academic work will include, but is not limite(
to: a log, readings, recitation and an assignee
research paper related to the specific agency'
activities. May be repeated once for credit
with corisent of instructor.
401
ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior students interested in environmental
science. Students work on projects jointly
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC C ATALOi
r
BIOLOGY
•
(onsored by the Clean Water Institute and a
iblic or private agency. The practicum is
jsigned to integrate classroom theory with
2ld and/or laboratory practice. In addition to
tendance at a weekly seminar, students
»end 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
'ency or project. Academic work includes.
It is not limited to a log, readings, recitation
id an assigned research paper related to the
)ecific agency or project activity. May he
'peated once for credit with consent of
structor.
iO
OMPARATIVE ANATOMY
F VERTEBRATES
Detailed examination of the origins,
ructure, and functions of the principal
•gans of the vertebrates. Special attention is
iven to the progressive modification of
■gans from lower to higher vertebrates.
hree hours of lecture and one four-hour
\boratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-
II. Alternate years.
51
ISTOLOGY
A study of the basic body tissues and the
licroscopic anatomy of the organs and
ructures of the body which are formed from
lem. Focus is on normal human histology.
hree hours of lecture and one four-hour
iboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
10-111. Alternate years.
35
ELL BIOLOGY
An intensive study of the cell as the basic unit
flife. Topics will include: origins of cellular
fe, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic reac-
ons, cellular membranes, intracellular commu-
ication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton and cell
lotility, protein sorting, distribution and
jcretion. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1 and one
miester of organic chemistry. Alternate years.
)04-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG
436
EVOLUTION
The study of the origin and modification of
life on earth. Topics discussed include
molecular evolution, population genetics, gene
flow, natural selection, sexual selection, kin
selection, neutral theory, extinction, co-
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
437
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
An in-depth analysis of fundamental
cellular infomiation flow processes with
particular emphasis on how these processes
have been harnessed in the laboratory,
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy,
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and
one semester of organic chemistiy.
439
MEDICAL GENETICS
This course is concerned with the relation-
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor-
malities, metabolic variation and disease,
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will offer
practical experiences in genetic diagnostic
techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111.
May term only.
440
PARASITOLOGY AND
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
The biology of parasites and parasitism.
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be
made on parasites of medical and veterinary
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
•
importance. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratotyper week. Prerequi-
sites: BIO 1 10-1 11. Alternate years.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ing allosteric control, induction, repression,
signal transduction as well as the various
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory
and one hour of arranged work per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of
instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444.
Alternate years.
445
RADIATION BIOLOGY
A study of the effects of ionizing and non-
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and
organisms. Consideration will be given to
repair mechanisms and how repair deficiencies
elucidate the nature of radiation damage.
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111, one year of chemistry. Alternate
years.
446
PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY
A study of plant resource acquisition in the
face of competing neighbors and the quickly
changing global environment. The course will
focus on how differences in the environment
affect plant water use, carbon dioxide acquisi-
tion, light capture and nutrient uptake. Three
hours of lecture and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111
and 225. Alternate years.
349 & 449
BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
This course offers the student a chance to
become familiar with research in the biologica
sciences using techniques such as meeting an
talking with active researchers, reading a nd
critically analyzing the current literature, and
discussing the ideas and methods shaping
biology. Students will be required to read and
analyze specific papers, actively participate in'
discussions. Biology majors with junior and
senior standing are required to successfully
complete coUoquim during all semesters on
campus except for semesters when student
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit
course. One hour per week. Prerequisite:
biology majors with junior or senior class
standing.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent samples of internships in the
department include ones with the Department
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicin
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Departmental studies are experimentally-
oriented and may entail either lab or field
work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Examples of recent honors projects have
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth
research, drug synthesis and testing.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO(
I
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
(BUS)
\ssociate Professor: Weaver (Chairperson)
\ssistant Professors: Kolb, Matus,
Stemgold
Part-time Instructors: Larrabee,
Mosser-Wooley, Remoff
This major is designed to educate students
ibout business and management functions in
30th commercial and non-commercial organi-
zations. The program provides a well-balanced
preparation for a wide variety of professions
and careers, including banking, financial
services, small business management, market-
ing, sales, advertising, retailing, general
management, supervision, investments, human
resources management, and management
information systems. The major is also
appropriate for students who plan to attend
graduate school in business or related fields,
such as law or public administration.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
The Department of Business Administra-
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage-
ment Studies. See page 120.
All students majoring in Business Adminis-
tration must complete the core courses and at
least one of the four tracks listed below.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10, 130 or 223; BUS 128, 210, 21 1,
223, 235, 244, 338, 441; ECON 110 and 111.
Statistics is also required. It is recommended
that students complete most of the core
courses (except BUS 441) before starting their
track requirements.
Track requirements:
1. General Management:
Three courses from BUS 330, 344, 345, or
449
2. Financial Management:
BUS 339; two courses from BUS 345,
410, or ECON 220
3. Marketing Management:
BUS 429; two courses from BUS 319,
332, 342, or 344
4. International Business Management
BUS 319, 330; and two higher-numbered
language courses beyond those used to
meet the distribution requirement. Majors
in the International Management track are
encouraged to minor in a foreign language.
Minor
A minor in Business Administration
consists of ACCT 1 10; BUS 128, 244, 338;
and one course from BUS 330, 339, or 429.
Internships
Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, the
department facilitates a wide variety of
internships with businesses, government
agencies and nonprofit organizations. In
addition, the department is a member of the
Institute for Management Studies, which also
facilitates internships, including fiill-time
internships during the summer.
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Diversity and Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: BUS 342, 344, 410 and 441 .
128
MARKETING PRINCIPLES
A study of the methods used by business
and nonprofit organizations to design, price,
promote and distribute their products and
services. Topics include new product
development, advertising, retailing, consumer
behavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in
marketing and others.
210
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
A study of the recruitment, selection,
development, compensation, retention,
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within
an organization. Emphasis is on
understanding these major activities
perfonned by Human Resource Management
professionals as organizations deal with
increased laws and regulations, the
proliferation of lawsuits related to Human
Resources, changes in work force
characteristics, and an increasingly
competitive work environment. One-half unit
of credit.
211
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
A study of computer infonnation systems
and digital networks from the perspective of
business managers and other end-users.
Topics include the components and functions
of management information systems, personal
productivity applications, distributed networks
and communication systems (including the
Internet and World Wide Web), database
management, electronic commerce and other
emerging technologies and business
applications. One-half unit of credit.
223
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
A study of the quantitative approach to
managerial decision-making. Using decisional
models, students explore quantitative applica-
tions to quality control, resource allocation,
inventory control, decisional analysis,
network scheduling, forecasting, and other
topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, or consent oj
instructor.
235
LEGAL PRINCIPLES I
Lectures and analyses of cases on the
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law
in general, and particularly as relating to
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments.
236
LEGAL PRINCIPLES II
Lectures on the fundamentals and history
of the law relating to legal association, real
property, wills, and estates.
244 I
MANAGEMENT AND ,
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
A study of the complex character of
organizational life and the discipline and
process of management. Topics include the ^,
evolution and scope of organizations and
management, plan-ning, organizing, leading,
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the
importance of man-aging in a global environ-
ment, understanding the ethical implications of'
managerial decisions, and appreciating work
place diversity.
319 I
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING i
An investigation of the challenges of
marketing products in an increasingly global
environment. Special emphasis is placed on
the cultural and social diversity of interna-
tional markets. Examines the marketing
strategies of global firms, and the challenges
of international pricing, distribution, promo-
L YCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
t
Ion and product development. Prerequisite:
'US 128 or consent oj instructor.
30
NJTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT
A study of the dynamic process of applying
lanagement concepts and techniques in a
lultinational environment. Topics include
lobal strategy and competitiveness, the
ultural context, intercultural communications,
rganizational behavior and human resource
lanagement, and ethics and social responsibil-
y. Special emphasis is placed on managing
rganizational cultures and diversity and the
nvironment for international management.
Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent oj instructor
32
DVERTISING AND PROMOTION
How businesses and other institutions
romote their products to consumers. The
)le of advertising and promotion in the
larketing strategy of the firm is investigated,
nd the effects of different promotional tools
tid advertising techniques is discussed.
Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent ofinstruc-
)r.
38
UNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL
lANAGEMENT
A study of the fundamental theory, tools,
nd methods of financial management. Topics
iclude the mathematics of finance, working
apital management, capital budgeting, and
lalysis of financial statements. Prerequisites:
CCT no and statistics, or consent of
istructor.
39
^TERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
lANAGEMENT
An intensive study of issues and applica-
ons of financial management. Topics covered
icludc international finance, ethics, capital
:ructures, cost of capital, financial analysis
and forecasting. Extensive use of directed and
non-directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
342
MARKETING RESEARCH
This is a study of the principles and prac-
tices of marketing research. The focus is on
the development and application of marketing
research methods. Topics covered include
selection of a research design, data collection,
analysis and report writing. Both quantitative
and qualitative methods will be covered. The
class will focus on an applied project. Prereq-
uisites: BUS 128 and statistics, or consent of
instructor.
344
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND
INTERNET MARKETING
A study of Internet marketing, electronic
commerce, and related business uses of the
Internet and Web. Topics include the chal-
lenges of developing, managing, and market-
ing commercial web sites and online stores;
the growing use of company intranets,
extranets and virtual teams to improve
communications, collaboration, and business
performance; and the effects of electronic
commerce on consumers, competition and
marketing practices. Students also study
social links to electronic commerce, such as
the privacy and security concerns of online
customers, and the challenges of electronic
commerce to more traditional industries,
occupations, and local business and communi-
ties. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent of
instructor.
345
FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Deals with the analysis of financial statements
as an aid to decision making. The theme of the
course is understanding the financial data which
are analyzed as well as the methods by which
KM-OS ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
they are analyzed and interpreted. This course
should prove of value to all who need a thor-
ough understanding of the uses to which
financial statements are put as well as to those
who must know how to use them intelligently
and effectively. This includes accountants,
security analysts, lending officers, credit
analysts, managers, and all others who make
decisions on the basis of financial data. Prereq-
uisite: ACCTllO.
410
INVESTMENTS
An introduction to the financial sector of
the economy and the structure and ftinctions
of financial markets and the agencies involved;
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the
various types of investments available.
Techniques used to evaluate financial
securities. Also covered are recent
developments in investment theory.
Prerequisite: BUS 338 or consent of instructor.
429
MARKETING STRATEGY
A study of the methods used by business
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and
select target markets, and then to develop
strategies for gaining and maintaining these
customers. Topics include competitive
strategy, market segmentation, product
positioning, promotional design and market-
ing-related financial analysis. Case studies,
and the development of a detailed marketing
plan are covered. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or
consent of instructor.
439
BUSINESS PRACTICUM
This course provides students with practi-
cal work experience with local companies and
organizations. Students work 10-12 hours per
week for their sponsor organizations, in
addition to attending a weekly seminar on
management topics relevant to their work
assignments. Since enrollment is limited by the
available number of positions, students must
apply directly to the business department befo:
preregistration to be eligible for the course.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
441
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
An intensive study using case analysis of th
planning and control of business enterprises
designed to build students' skills in conducting
strategic analysis in a variety of industries and
competitive situations. Through case studies,
research, presentations, and discussions,
students examine industry structure, flinctiona
strategies, competitive challenges of a global
marketplace, and sources of sustainable
competitive advantage. This course is designe
to integrate the knowledge and skills gained
from previous coursework in business and
related fields. Prerequisites: All core courses
or consent of instructor. Seniors only.
449
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This course provides the student with the
infonnation needed to develop a business plan
for starting and operating a small business
enterprise. The course focuses on the key
elements of planning and the essential charac-
teristics of small businesses. The discussion ai
analysis of small business cases and the prob- ,
lems/opportunities facing small businesses are |
used to reveal trends in the small business j
community and the role of government.
Prerequisite: BUS 244.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
0
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC
p
CHEMISTRY
CHEMISTRY (chem)
Professors: Franz, McDonald
Associate Professor: Bendorf
Assistant Professor: Mahler (Chairperson)
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer
The Department of Chemistry offers both
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is
approved by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) to certify those students whose
programs meet or exceed requirements
established by the ACS. Students who wish to
earn ACS certification must complete the
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students
who complete the ACS certified degree are
also eligible for admission to the American
Chemical Society following graduation.
For students planning on graduate study in
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign
language option, and additional courses in
advanced mathematics and computer science
are also recommended.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332.
The B.A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree a student must
complete CHEM 110-111,220-221,330-331,
332, 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128-129;
and, as a Capstone experience, one of the
following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449).
The B.S. degree
To earn the B.S. degree a student must
complete the thirteen course major described
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and
one additional full-credit course from the
following list: any 400-level CHEM course;
PHYS 33 1 or above; BIO 222 or above;
MATH 123, 130, 214, 216, 231, 238, 332; or
CPTR 125.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Chemistry major interested in becoming
certified in secondary education in Chemistry
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education Hand-
book and make their plans known to their
advisor and the Chair of the Education
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled for the Professional Semester. A
Chemistry major who successfully completes
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447,
449) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone
experience.
a) To be certified in secondary education
in chemistry a student must: complete
a chemistry major; pass two biology
courses numbered 1 1 0 or higher,
PSY 1 10 and 338, EDUC 200 and 239;
complete the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation and pass the Professional
Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449).
The student may choose EDUC 232
as an additional Education elective.
b) A student interested in obtaining
General Science/Chemistry certifica-
tion must complete all the require-
ments for secondary certification in
chemistry shown in (a) and must also
pass any two units from ASTR 111,
112 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recommended as an additional course.
Minor
A minor in chemistry requires completion
of CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM
courses numbered 300 or higher.
100
CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT
A science distribution course for the non-
science major. The course will explore real-
world societal issues that have important
chemical components. Topics covered may
include air and water quality, the ozone layer,
global warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The
chemistry knowledge associated with the
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory
period each week. Not open for credit to stu-
dents who have received credit for CHEM 1 10.
110
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
A quantitative introduction to the concepts
and models of chemistry. Topics include
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure,
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry,
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The
laboratory introduces the student to methods
of separation, purification, and identification
of compounds according to their physical
properties. This course is designed for
students who plan to major in one of the
sciences. Three hours lecture, one hour of
discussion and one three-hour laboratory *
period each week. Prerequisite: MATH 100
or consent of department.
Ill
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of CHEM 110, with emphasis
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor-
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics,
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis.
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus-
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 10 or
consent of department.
115
BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A descriptive study of the compounds of
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin-
ciples of organic chemistry with material
relevant to students in medical technology,
biology, forestry, education and the humani-
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes,
arenes, functional derivatives, amino acids and
proteins, carbohydrates and other naturally
occurring compounds. This course is designed
for students who require only one semester of
organic chemistry, and is not intended for
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
p
CHEMISTRY
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three-
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 111. Not open for credit to students
who have received credit for CHEM 220.
220-221
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A systematic study of the compounds of
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic
series. The laboratory work introduces the
student to simple fundamental methods of
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratoiy period each week. Prerequisite for
CHEM 220: CHEM II L Prerequisite for
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM
220.
330-331
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of energy, time and structure in
chemistry and its reactions, including in-depth
gas laws, thermodynamics, phases, equilib-
rium, electrochemistry, kinetics, quantum
mechanics and statistical mechanics. The
laboratory work includes techniques in
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of
lecture and one four-hour laboratory^ period
each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 1 1.
MA TH 129. PHYS 225-226; or consent of
instructor.
332
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental methods of
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary
instrumental analysis together with practice in
lab-oratory techniques and calculations of these
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three-
hour laboratoiy periods each week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 111 or consent of instructor.
333
ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A study of modem theories of atomic and
molecular structure and their relationship to
the chemistry of selected elements and their
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre-
requisites: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one
year of physics; or consent of instructor.
439
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM
MECHANICS
Introduction to the basic concepts and
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the
free particle, the simple harmonic oscillator,
the hydrogen atom, and other central force
problems are presented using the Schrodinger
wave equation approach. Topics also include
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues,
the uncertainty principles, stationary states,
representation of wave functions by eigenstate
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi-
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and
MA TH231. Cross-listed as PHYS 439.
440
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory and application of modem synthetic
organic chemistry. Topics may include
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon
bond forming reactions, functional group
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents,
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture
and one four-hour laboratory period. Pre-
requisite: CHEM 221.
442
SPECTROSCOPY AND
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
Theory and application of the identification of
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic
techniques (H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS,
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four-
hour laboratoiy period each week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 221.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
443
ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of advanced analytical methods
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro-
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of
instmmental analysis. Three hours lecture and
one four-hour laboratoiy period each week.
Prerequisites: CHEM 331 and 332, or consent
of instructor.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
andbiochemical control mechanisms, including
allosteric control, induction, repression, signal
transduction as well as the various types of
inhibitive control mechanisms. Three hours of
lecture, one three-hour laboratory' and one
hour of arranged work per week. Prerecpd-
site: CHEM 221, or consent of instructor.
Cross-listed as BIO 444.
446
ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the chemistry of
compounds containing metal-carbon bonds.
Topics include structure and bonding, reac-
tions and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and
applications to organic synthesis. The use of
organometallic compounds as catalysts in
industrial processes will be emphasized. Three
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221.
447
POLYMER CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the synthesis, characteri-
zation, and applications of high molecular
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules.
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM
221 and 330, or consent of instructor.
348 & 448
CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students and
invited professional chemists discuss their own
research activities or those of others which
have appeared in recent chemical literature.
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior
and senior years.
449
CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct
research into a particular chemical problem
with a faculty research advisor, and will
explore different aspects of chemistry and
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A
report on the research will be written. Majors
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course i
in either their junior or senior year. Eight to
ten hours of laboratory work and one hour
seminar each week. Prerequisites: CHEM
221 and consent of instructor; Corequisite:
CHEM 330.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The student will ordinarily work under
supervision in an industrial laboratory and
submit a written report on the project. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project and will write a
thesis on the work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project with emphasis on
showing initiative and making a scholarly
contribution. A thesis will be written. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
Assistant Professors: Koehn (Chairperson),
Wild
/isiting Instructor: Knapp
*art-tiiTie Instructors: Ogurcak, Van Auken
The major in Communication seeks to
)rovide a foundation in communication theory
ind media criticism as well as expertise in a
)articular area of communication. All students
najoring in Communication must complete the
'ivc courses listed in the Core and eight
idditional courses in one of the three areas of
;oncentration listed below: four required
;ourses and four elective courses. Sopho-
nores, juniors, and seniors who have declared
I major in Communication are required to
mroll in and successfully complete the non-
;redit Media Arts Colloquium during each
lemester they are on campus or until they have
luccessfully completed at least four semesters
)f this noncredit course. All students in this
najor should consider electing an internship
)efore graduation.
The major in Communication enables
itudents to pursue employment and/or
^aduate studies in a variety of fields including
jorporate communication, public relations,
ludio and video production, print and broad-
;ast journalism, professional media writing,
ind media research and analysis.
All majors in Communication are encour-
iged to take advanced courses in a foreign
anguage and to consider the following liberal
irts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in
I^omputer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses
n contemporary American and/or international
listory, economics, and political science; and
courses in literature from the Departments of
rheatre, English, and Foreign Languages and
literatures.
The following courses, when scheduled as
iV courses, count toward the writing intensive
•equirement: COMM 21 1, 326, 332 and 440.
Minor
A minor in Communication consists of any
five courses offered by the Communication
Department (courses offered by other depart-
ments count only toward the major in Commu-
nication, not toward the minor). One of these
five courses must be selected from COMM
326, COMM 348, or COMM 440.
CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF
ALL MAJORS
COMM 110 Communication Principles
and Ethics
COMM 2 1 1 Public Speaking: Research,
Principles, and Practice
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural
Studies: Literature, Film, and
Television
Senior Seminar
Media Arts Colloquium
COMM 440
COMM 246
346, 446
THEA212
:004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
Multicultural America on
Screen
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
Majors must concentrate in one of the
following three areas of study.
1. Corporate Communication
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 2 1 2 Group Communication and
Conflict Resolution
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in
Business and the Professions
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and
Problem-Solving
PSCl 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
Elective choices for students in this concen-
tration must include at least one additional
course in Communication as well as one course
at the 300-level or above. Students may elect
to take as many additional communication
courses as they choose. Elective courses
offered by other departments that may also be
used to fulfill elective requirements in this
concentration include the following:
ART 227 Introduction to Photography
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art
BUS 128 Marketing Principles
BUS 244 Management and Organizational
Behavior
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The Creative
Essay
HIST 220 Women in History
HIST 230 African American History
PSCI 2 1 0 Communication and Society
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
PSY 324 Social Psychology
THEA114 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
2. Electronic Media
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 2 1 8 Digital Audio Production
COMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production
COMM 348 Advanced Digital Video Production
THEA 1 1 4 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
Elective choices for students in this
concentration must include at least one
additional course in Communication as well as
one course at the 300-level or above. Student
may elect to take as many additional communi
cation courses as they choose. Elective
courses offered by other departments that may
also be used to fulfill elective requirements in
this concentration include the following:
ART 227 Introduction to Photography
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art
ART 344 Computer Graphics for Elec
tronic Media
BUS 128 Marketing Principles '
BUS 244 Management and Organizational
Behavior
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The
Creative Essay
HIST 220 Women in History
HIST 230 African American History
PSCI 210 Communication and Society
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
PSY 324 Social Psychology
3. Media Writing and Culture
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 2 1 7 Print Joumalism
COMM 321 Screenwriting
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
COMM 329 Broadcast Joumalism
Elective choices for students in this concentra-
tion must include at least one additional course
in Communication as well as one course at the
300-level or above. Students may elect to take
as many additional communication courses as
they choose. Elective courses offered by otheij
departments that may be used to fulfill elective
requirements in this concentration include the
following:
ART 227 Introduction to Photography
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
•
Marketing Principles
Management and Organizational
Behavior
Classical and Modem Rhetoric
Advanced Writing: The Creative
Essay
Women in History
African American History
Communication and Society
Public Opinion and Polling
Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
Social Psychology
Film Arts: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
BUS 128
BUS 244
ENGL 218
ENGL 322
HIST 220
HIST 230
PSCI210
PSC1316
PSY 225
PSY 324
THE A 114
110
COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES
AND ETHICS
Introduction to the basic theories and
principles of communication as they apply to
the process of sending messages among
individuals, small groups, and mass audiences.
Consideration of the ethical issues involved in
the communication process. Active learning
through readings, case studies, simulations,
oral reporting, and library research.
120
INTERPERSONAL AND
[NTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
This is a workshop course in the theory and
practice of communication between individuals
in both formal as well as informal situations
with particular attention given to the impact of
culture upon communication between individu-
als in international situations. Open to fresh-
men or sophomores only. Alternate years.
211
PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH,
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE
Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of
situations to general as well as targeted
audiences. Emphasis on researching and
solving problems having to do with persuasion
and informative speaking. Training in using
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prerequi-
site: ENGL 106 or 107.
lU
GROUP COMMUNICATION
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION
Readings, case studies, simulations, and
practice in the methods of working in groups
and in resolving conflicts within and between
groups in various contexts, including education,
industry, and professional situations. Contem-
porary theory and methods for motivating and
maintaining the productivity of groups will be
examined in some detail. Prerequisites: ENGL
106 or 107 and one other course in Communi-
cation (211 recommended). Psychology,
Education, or Business.
211
PRINT JOURNALISM
This course studies and applies practical
experience in the newsgathering process for
print media. Emphasis is on beat reporting,
copy editing, interviewing, reporting and
writing as applied to a variety of fomis for both
news and persuasive print media formats as
well as on the ethical issues concerning
reporting for the print media. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
218
DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION
This course studies the principles and
techniques of audio production using both
analog and digital technologies. Various
program fonnats and the use of sound as an art
form are also considered.
223
BASIC DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION
This course trains students in the fundamen-
tals of pre-production, production, and
postproduction for video using digital and
analog formats. Emphasis is on mastering the
basic styles of video production from concept
to completion within as well as outside the studio.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
•
230
DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND
PHOTOJOURNALISM
This interactive course teaches students to
design, layout, and produce print media using
electronic desktop publishing tools. Students
will develop approaches that will be applied in
this course. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107
235
WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS
AND THE PROFESSIONS
Study of communication theory as applied
to business and professional settings. Using
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic
media to solve a variety of communication
problems that frequently occur in the world of
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
312
LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION
The theory and practice of leadership
communication in diverse settings and con-
texts. Classical leadership styles will be
examined and researched in regard to how
these relate to goal-setting and motivating
individuals and groups. Field work on- and
off-campus is a major component of this
course. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107; at
least one of these: COMM 211, 212, or 235;
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
SCREENWRITING
This course trains students to analyze and
write scripts for radio, film, and television.
The development of the original screenplay is
emphasized. Prerequisite: THEA 212, or
consent of instructor.
323
FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL
AUDIENCES
Practice in writing a variety of feature
stories and editorials for different media and
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature
writing for magazines compares and contrasts
with feature writing for newspapers and feature
stories for television. Readings, peer review,
and training in how to develop ideas using
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
324
PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND
PROBLEM SOLVING
Training in methods of public relations
research, program planning and evaluation,
working with the media, writing for public
relations and advertising, and conducting a
public relations campaign to solve a problem or
crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and
electronic communication. Prerequisites:
ENGL 106 or 107 and COMM 235; or consent
of instructor.
326
MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD-
IES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND TELEVISION
Introduction to methods of analyzing
popular culture and the arts using one or more
of these approaches: textual criticism, content
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historical
criticism, frame theory, and structural analysis.
Comparison of the ways in which different
media create values and portray individuals,
social conflicts, and human aspirations.
Prerequisite: One course from: THEA 212,
ENGL 217 or 331 ; or consent of instructor.
329
BROADCAST JOURNALISM
This course provides practical experiences
in the newsgathering process for electronic
media with an emphasis on covering the local
story from the small-station perspective.
Students in the course are responsible for
writing, producing, editing, and broadcasting
newscasts for radio as well as television.
Major emphasis is placed on the ethical issues
concerning reporting for the broadcast media.
Prerequisite: COMM 217 or 323. Alternate
years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
32
OPICS IN MEDIA THEORY AND PRACTICE
Study of communication theory as applied
3 a special area or style of communication.
Leadings, discussions, and practical experi-
nces in creating materials for print and/or
lectronic media. Possible topics include:
ocudrama and investigative reporting,
ommunicating in cyberspace, creative
dvertising, instmctional television and video.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. May be
epeated for credit with change oj topic.
35
1ED1A HISTORY AND THEORY
This course reviews the recent history of
le media with a major emphasis on the
ultural theories that have been used to
escribe and critique the media and its
ifluence upon audiences. Prerequisite:
^HEA 212. Alternate years.
40
lCTING and DIRECTING
OR THE CAMERA
This workshop course analyzes, rehearses,
irects, and shoots scripted scenes for film and
jlevision. The course studies classic screen
cting and directing styles. All students act as
r'ell as direct. Prerequisites: COMM 223
nd THEA 145; or consent of instructor.
.Iter nate years.
48
lDVANCED DIGITAL
^DEO PRODUCTION
advanced production of documentary,
arrative and experimental video. Exploration
fa variety of approaches to motivating talent
nd directing for the camera. Prerequisites:
:OMM223 and THEA 114, or advanced
curse work in acting and directing, or
onsent of instructor.
46, 346, and 446
4ED1A ARTS COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which students are expected
D work in the field of communication on a
regular basis. The areas of work can relate to
campus media, campus public relations,
admissions, non-profit organizations, and other
communication-based organizations approved
by the supervising faculty member. Students
enrolled in the colloquium are required to keep a
log and to work for a minimum of three hours
each week in their approved work situation.
Open only to majors. Non-credit and Pass/
Fad. Once the major is declared, students are
required to enroll in the seminar each
semester until they graduate or until they have
successfully completed four semesters,
whichever comes first. Only one colloquium
may be taken per semester.
400
PRACTICUM
An elective for junior and senior majors
who wish to acquire additional experience in
working with practicing professionals. Open
only to majors and minors.
440
COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
METHODOLOGY
This course trains students in quantitative
and qualitative communication research
methodology. Students do intensive reading in
an area related to their track and produce a
research project which involves written as well
as oral presentation. Prerequisites: COMM
326 and Senior standing, or consent oj
instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns usually work off-campus in a field
related to their area of study. Prerequisite:
junior or senior standing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Studies involve research related to the area
of study of the student.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
X)4-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
COMPUTER
SCIENCE
(see Mathematical Sciences)
CRIMINAL
JUSTICE (cj)
Associate Professor: Carter (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Guttendorf
Part-time Instructors: Anderson, Larrabee,
Miele, Raup, Robbins,
Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary
social science program. Course work leading
to this baccalaureate degree will provide
students with strong communication and
analytical skills. This is accomplished through
a critical and in-depth interdisciplinary analysis
of the causes of crime, formal and informal
efforts at preventing and controlling crime, and
treatment of the field of criminal justice as an
applied social science where students are
taught to integrate theory construction with
practical application. The Criminal Justice
program offers opportunities for internship and
practicum experiences in the field, and
prepares students for careers in law enforce-
ment, court services, institutional and commu-
nity-based corrections, treatment and counsel-
ing services, and for further education at the
graduate level. The Criminal Justice program
also prepares students for activist and leader-
ship roles in their communities by exploring
core issues related to quality of life, security
and freedom.
The major in Criminal Justice consists of 1 0
courses, distributed as follows:
A. Criminal Justice core courses (four courses):
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJ 20 1 Policing and Society
CJ 203 Correctional Systems
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal
Justice
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political dimensions
of crime, law and justice (six courses):
PHIL 2 1 8 Issues in Criminal Justice
PSY116 Abnormal Psychology
SOC 300 Criminology
Two courses from:
PSCI331
Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 332
Courts and the Criminal Justice
System
PSCI 335
Law and Society
One course
from:
CJ204
Youth, Deviance and Social
Control
SOC 222
Introduction to Human Services
SOC 331
Sociology of Gender
SOC 334
Racial and Cultural Minorities
C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly
recommended, but not required for the
major) Majors should seek advice
concerning course selection from their
advisors or the criminal justice coordina-
tor, and should note course prerequisites
in planning their programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^»
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALC
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
linor in Criminal Justice
A minor in criminal justice consists of five
ourses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332,
nd SOC 300. A student may substitute another
jlevant course for one of the required courses
dth consent of the criminal justice coordinator.
Vriting Intensive Courses
The following courses, when scheduled as
^ courses, count towards the writing intensive
jquirement: CJ 447, PHIL 2 1 8, and SOC
31.
00
VTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
This course explores the role of law
nforcement, courts and corrections in the
dministration of justice; the development of
olice, courts and corrections; the scope and
ature of crime in America; introduction to the
tudies, literature and research in criminal
istice; basic criminological theories; and
areers in criminal justice.
01
OLICING AND SOCIETY
Who are the police and what is policing?
xploration of these questions provides a con-
;xt for critical inquiry of contemporary law
nforcement in the United States. Attention is
iven to law enforcement purposes and strate-
ies, the work force and work environment, and
'hy sworn officers do what they do. Emphasis
; also placed on being policed and policing the
olice. Treatment of these issues enables
xploration of basic and applied questions
bout the projection of state power in commu-
ity relations, including those related to home-
ind security. Prerequisite: CJ 100.
03
:ORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS
This course presents an overview of
ffenders, punishment, correctional ideologies,
nd societal reaction to crime. The historical
nd philosophical development of the correc-
onal system is examined. The primary
mphasis is on critical analysis of contempo-
rary correctional programming for adult and
juvenile offenders in the United States. Other
social issues and structures directly related to
corrections are explored. Prerequisite: CJ
100.
204
YOUTH, DEVIANCE AND
SOCIAL CONTROL
This course is designed to provide the
student with a general understanding of
juvenile deviance and state processes intended
to interrupt youth deviance and juvenile
delinquency, particularly in the juvenile justice
system. Students will explore historical
perspectives, deviant juvenile subculture,
underlying philosophies, the formal processes
and organization of juvenile justice systems,
promising prevention/treatment approaches
and juvenile probation practices. Students will
be asked to think critically and offer solutions
or strategies to a range of dilemmas confront-
ing the juvenile justice system, including the
transfer of juveniles to adult status and the
movement to privatize juvenile justice services.
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor.
340
PROBATION AND PAROLE
This course provides an in-depth study of
community-based corrections programs and
their impact on the offender, the criminal
justice system, and society. Particular attention
is given to offender diagnostics and classifica-
tion, treatment and supervision needs, pre-
sentence and pre-parole investigations,
casework planning, applicable laws, and
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or
consent of instructor.
341
CRIME PREVENTION
Students examine crime prevention and
control policies, programs, and procedures to
determine what works and why. The focus is
on social, situational, and environmental
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures
)04-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
•
focus on reducing crime by re-creating
physical design, by empowering citizen
organizations, through programs that build
safe communities, and through programs in
place among "at risk" populations in schools,
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ
100 or consent of instructor.
342
ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME
Three major areas of organizational crimes
are covered, including traditional organized
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and
crimes committed under auspices of the
government. Examples of topics include
international organized crime cabals, drug
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA,
political bribe taking, government brutality and
physical/economic coercion, civil rights
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac-
turing, pharmaceutical, and service trades.
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor.
345
SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
This is a seminar for advanced students
offered in response to student request and
faculty interest. This course may be repeated
for additional credit with approval of the
criminal justice coordinator, but only when
course content differs. Sample topics include
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability! in
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ-
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or
consent of instructor.
447
RESEARCH METHODS
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Students learn social science methods,
research design and implementation, and
evaluation of contemporary research in
criminal justice. Topics covered include the
logic of causal order, sampling theory,
qualitative and quantitative design, data
collection, and proper analysis of data. This
course is a how-to-do research course that
requires students to conduct original research
projects under supervision. Students actively
engage in content analysis, behavioral observa
tion, survey and interview-based research, and
limited quasi-experimental design studies.
Emphasis is placed on conducting field
research and communicating research in
writing. Each student prepares a literature
review and written research proposal that can
be carried out while placed with a criminal
justice agency on practicum (CJ 448). Prereq-
uisites: CJ 100, CJ201, and CJ 203, or
consent of instructor.
448-449
CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM
Students are placed with criminal justice
agencies, providing opportunities to apply
classroom knowledge in an organizational
setting, encouraging development of profes-
sional skills, helping students identify and
clarify career interests, and providing opportu-
nities to conduct hands-on field research. Each
student completes an original research project
under supervision of the instructor with input
from the on-site agency representative.
Students will prepare a comprehensive, fornial
written research paper on an appropriate topic
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of criminal
justice coordinator.
470
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Students desiring an internship in criminal
justice must get considerably advanced
approval by the criminal justice coordinator.
Criminal justice internships nomially will not
be approved for semesters during which
practicums are also available. Internships are
intended as a four-credit-only course. How-
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12
credits may be approved by the criminal justice
coordinator. An example of an appropriate 12-
credit internship is the FBI Honors Internship
Program, which requires relocation to Wash-
ington, D.C., and participation in a full-time
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC
CRIMINAL JUSTICE* ECONOMICS
program that runs the duration of the summer.
Prerequisite: CJ 100.
N80
[N DEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
This course represents an opportunity to
pursue specific interests and topics not usually
covered in regular courses. Through a
program of readings and tutorials, the student
will have the opportunity to pursue these
interests and topics in greater depth than is
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi-
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice
coordinator.
N90
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
ECONOMICS (EcoN)
Professor: Madresehee (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Sprunger
Assistant Professor: Gandhi
The Department of Economics offers two
tracks. Track I (Managerial Economics)
develops students' capacity to analyze the
economic environment in which an organization
operates and to apply economic reasoning to an
organization's internal decision making. These
courses have more of a managerial emphasis
than traditional economics courses. Track II
(General Economics) is designed to provide a
broad understanding of economic, social, and
business problems. In addition to preparing
students for a career in business or government,
this track provides an excellent background for
graduate or professional studies.
Track I - Managerial Economics requires
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 220, 332 and 44 1 ; ACCT
1 10 and either BUS 223 or any accounting
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
course numbered 130 or higher; BUS 338;
and two other economics courses numbered
200 or above, excluding ECON 349.
Track II - General Economics requires
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three
other courses in economics. Depending on
their academic and career interests, students
are encouraged to select a minor in another
department such as political science, philoso-
phy, or history.
In addition, the following courses are
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work -
MATH 1 12 and 128; Track II majors - ACCT
110 and either 130 or 344.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 99.
Minor
A minor in economics requires the comple-
tion of ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 and three other eco-
nomics courses numbered 200 or above, or any
four economics courses numbered 200 or
above.
The Department of Economics is a member
of the Institute for Management Studies. See
page 120.
102
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
A course in " family" or "practical"
economics, designed to teach students how
they and their families can be intelligent
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save,
and borrow so as to maximize the value they
receive for the income they have. Treats
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses
and abuses of credit; investing, savings,
buying insurance, automobiles and houses;
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc.
110
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics deals with problems of the
economic system as a whole. What influences
the level of national income and employment?
What is inflation and why do we have it? What
is the role of government in a modem capitalis-
tic system? How does business organize to
produce the goods and services we demand?
How are the American financial and banking
systems organized? What is the nature of
American unionism? What are the elements of
government finance and fiscal policy?
Ill
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
This course focuses upon microeconomics
and selected current economic problems. It
deals with the relatively small units of the
economy such as the firm and the family.
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how
business firms decide what and how much to
produce and how goods and services are
priced in different types of markets. Also
considers such problems as economic growth,
international trade, poverty, discrimination,
ecology, and alternative economic systems.
220
MONEY AND BANKING
Covers business fluctuations and monetary
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of
society; the banking system; credit institutions;
capital markets, and international financial
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110.
114
URBAN PROBLEMS
The application of economic theory to the
study of significant social, political, and
economic problems associated with urbaniza-
tion, including poverty, employment, educa-
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the
environment, transportation, and public
finance. Analysis of solutions offered. Prereq-
uisite: ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1, or consent of
instructor. Alternate vears.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
r
ECONOMICS
!25
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
A study of the relationship between
snvironmental decay and economic growth,
vith particular reference to failures of the price
ind property-rights systems; application of
;ost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the
;reation of an ecologically viable economy.
!29
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING
An introduction to the nature and histoiy of
msiness fluctuations, the tools used in
iggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain
he cycle, and techniques used in forecasting
jconomic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110
>r consent of instructor. Alternate years.
!30
iCONOMETRICS
Econometric models provide one of the
nost useful and necessary sets of tools for
lecision-making. By using a variety of
nodem statistical methods, econometrics helps
IS to estimate economic relationships, test
liffcrent economic behaviors, and forecast
lifferent economic variables. Prerequisites:
\4A TH 123, ECON 110 and 111: or consent
)f instructor. Alternate years.
236
AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY
This course examines topics in American
economic History from the post-Civil War era
hrough World War 11. Topics covered
nclude the causes of the rise of big business as
he dominant means of production, the
emergence of the union movement, the growth
)f the U.S. economy to the largest in the
vorld, and the changing role of government in
he economic system.
>40
ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the theory and practice
)f economic geography with emphasis upon
he historical dynamics of local, regional, and
global organization. This course considers the
forces reshaping global economic geography
including the factors that determine the competi-
tive advantage of nations. These factors include
resources such as food, energy, materials, and
changing patterns of world population. Also
included will be theoretical literature reparding
locational decisions and choice, as well as the
rapidly changing global economy in the context
of trade theory and the shifting focus of
international economics activity.
327
PUBLIC CHOICE
This course focuses on the application of
economics to the political processes of voting
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will be
the study of problems that can occur within the
democratic process because the incentives given
to public servants do not always match
society's best interests. Policies and institutions
that can improve such problems will be ex-
plored. U.S. elections and campaigns will
provide many of the applications for the class.
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1, or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
330
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary theory
regarding consumer demand, production costs
and theory, profit maximization, market struc-
tures, and the determinants of returns to the
factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 110.
Alternate years.
331
INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory and practice with regard to business
fluctuation, national income accounting, the
determination of income and employment levels,
and the use of monetary and fiscal policy.
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10. Alternate years.
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
•
332
GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY
An analytical survey of government's
efforts to maintain competition through
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable
cases of private monopoly, through public
utility regulation and via means of regulatory
commissions, and to encourage or restrain
various types of private economic activities.
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or
consent of instructor.
335
LABOR PROBLEMS
The history of organized labor in the
United States, including the structure of
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the
role of government in labor-management
relations and the economic impact of unions.
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or
111, or consent ofinstnictor.
337
PUBLIC FINANCE
An analysis of the fiscal economics of the
public sector, including the development,
concepts, and theories of public expenditures,
taxation, and debt at all levels of American
government. Also includes the use of fiscal
policy as an economic control device. Prereq-
uisites: ECON no and 111, or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
343
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
A study of the principles, theories, develop-
ment, and policies concerning international
economic relations, with particular reference to
the United States. Subjects covered include:
U.S. commercial policy and its development,
international trade theory, tariffs and other
protectionist devices, international monetary
system and its problems, balance of payments
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON
llOandlll.
349
MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM
An apprentice-level work experience for
junior or senior economics majors jointly
sponsored by the department and a public or
private agency (or a subdivision of the college
itself) designed to better integrate classroom
theory and workplace practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of
the effort expended will consist of academic
work related to agency activities.
440
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
A discussion of the origins, development,
and significance of the economic ideas embodiec
in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter,
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110
or consent of instructor. A Iternate years.
441
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The application of economic theory and
methodology to the solution of business
problems. Subjects include: optimizing
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory,
production theory, cost theory, linear pro-
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc-
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites:
ECON llOandlll.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically off-campus in business, banking,
or government, supervised by assigned em-
ployee of sponsoring organization.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Superior students may select independent
study in various courses, particularly in
preparation for graduate school.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
@
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
EDUCATION
•
EDUCATION (EDuc)
Assistant Professors: Chamberlain,
Hungerford (Chairperson), Jones
Part-time Instructors: Franz-Fry, Gordon,
Patterson, Rhinehart, Salvatori
The Education department offers Pennsyl-
/ania-approved teacher certification programs
n elementary, secondary. Art (K-12), Foreign
Language (K-12), Music (K-12), and Special
Education (Cognitive, Behavior and Physical/
health Disabilities). Education is not a major
it Lycoming College. All students wishing to
)e certified in Elementary, Secondary Educa-
ion areas, K-12 areas, or Special Education
Tiust choose a major from any offered by the
I^oUege.
All students seeking teacher certification
nust complete EDUC 200 with at least a B-
)r consent of the department within the five
('ears before applying for the professional
>emester. All students must complete a
ninimum of 30 hours of observations and
3articipation with the assigned cooperating
eacher during the semester prior to their
professional semester.
Students seeking elementary teacher
certification must complete PSY 138, EDUC
)00, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344 prior to
5eing accepted to the professional semester.
Students seeking secondary teacher
certification must complete PSY 1 38 and
EDUC 239 prior to being accepted to the
!0O4-O5 ACADEMIC CATALOG
professional semester as well as the necessary
subject area courses. Students may earn
secondary certification in one or more of the
following certification areas: biology, chemis-
try, citizenship (economics, history, political
science), general science (astronomy, physics,
biology, chemistry), mathematics, physics, and
social sciences (psychology, sociology-
anthropology).
Students seeking K-12 certification must
complete PSY 138 and EDUC 239 and the
necessary subject area courses prior to being
accepted to the pro-fessional semester.
Students may earn K-12 certification in one or
more of the following areas: Art, Music,
French, GeriTian, and Spanish.
Students seeking Special Education certifica-
tion must complete PSY 138, PSY 216, EDUC
000, 230, 330, 331, 332, 344, and 430 prior to
being accepted to the professional semester.
Students interested in the teacher education
program should refer to the Teacher Education
Handbook, which specifies the current require-
ments for certification. Early consultation with
a member of the Education Department is
strongly recommended. Application for the
professional semester must be made during the
fall semester of the junior year.
The Department of Education admits to the
professional semester applicants who have
(a) completed the participation requirements,
(b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained a
recommendation from the student's major
department, (d) passed a screening and
interview conducted by the Education Depart-
ment, (e) passed the PPST Reading, Writing,
and Math portions of the NTE exam, and
(f) achieved an overall grade point average of
3.00 or better. Major departments have
different criteria for their recommendations;
therefore, the student should consult with the
chairperson of the major department about
those requirements. The Pennsylvania state
requirements override any contractual agree-
ment the student teacher has with the college
via the catalogue under which they were
admitted.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION
Additional teacher intern program informa-
tion can be found on page 50.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: EDUC 239, 343, 344, and 447.
000
SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES
Each elementary student teacher attends a
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to
student teaching, during the fall semester of
the senior year. These seminars, conducted by
certified public school personnel, emphasize
activities and knowledge which are helpful in
the self-contained elementary classroom. Non-
credit course.
200
INTRODUCTION TO THE
STUDY OF EDUCATION
A study of teaching as a profession with
emphasis on the economic, social, political, and
religious conditions which influence American
schools and teachers. Consideration is given to
the school environment, the curriculum, and the
children with the intention that students will
examine more rationally their own motives for
entering the profession.
230
INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION
This course covers historical, philosophical,
and legal perspectives related to exceptional
students. All major areas of exceptionality are
covered including those who are categorized
as "gifted." A study of typical and atypical
development of children provides the basis for
an in-depth study of the characteristics and
classifications of exceptional students. An
emphasis is placed upon the ethical and
professional behaviors of teachers of students
with disabilities in special education and/or
regular classrooms settings including multi-
cultural and multilingual situations. Prerequi-
site: EDUC 200 or consent of department.
232
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
AND COMMUNICATIONS
A study of the value, design, construction,
and application of the visual and auditory aids
to learning. Practical experience in the handlinj
of audio-visual equipment and materials is
provided. Application of audio- visual tech-
niques. Application of the visual and auditory
aids to learning. Students will plan and carry
out actual teaching assignments utilizing variou
A-V devices. ■
239
MIDDLE AND SECONDARY SCHOOL
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION
An examination of the various curricula of
the public schools and their relationship to
current practices. Special attention will be
given to development of the curriculum, state
and national curriculum standards, and criteria
for the evaluation of curricula and student pro-
gress. A particular emphasis will be placed
upon emerging issues and technology as they
relate to curriculum. Emphasis will be placed
upon the curriculum work within the teaching
field of each individual. Prerequisites: PSY 138
and EDUC 200, or consent of instructor.
330
READING FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS:
ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION
This course provides students seeking
certification in Special Education with a course
that addresses the assessment tools and the
teaching strategies for evaluating reading need;
skills, and strengths and with specific teaching i
strategies to help special needs students
accomplish reading success. Prerequisite:
EDUC 344 or consent of department.
331
CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT FOR
STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
This course provides information and
experiences in assessment strategies, curriculur
requirements, and planning for students with
disabilities. Legal and ethical issues are
covered. Curriculum for early intervention,
elementary and secondary education, and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOd
EDUCATION
transition planning for adult life are included.
Prerequisite: EDUC 230.
333
PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FOR
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES
j This course investigates community based-
services, professional organizations, support
programs for parents and students, assistive
technologies, and related services such as
occupational therapy and counseling. Theo-
retical perspectives of emotional and behav-
ioral disorders and educational approaches to
behavioral issues are discussed. Group
processes and communication are studied.
Significant field experiences are required.
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 331.
340
TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
This course is intended for prospective
elemen- taiy and middle school teachers and is
required for all those seeking elementary
certification. Topics include number systems,
computational algorithms, measurement,
geometry, and children's development of
mathematical concepts. Includes an emphasis
on adapting instruction for diverse learners.
Prerequisites: PSY 138, EDUC 200, and t\vo
courses in mathematics; or consent of instnictor.
341
TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Studies and experiences to develop a basic
understanding of the structure, concepts, and
processes of anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and
sociology as they relate to the elementary
school social science curriculum. Practical
applications, demonstrations of methods, and
the development of integrated teaching units
using tests, reference books, films, and other
teaching materials. Obser\'ation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
342
TEACHING SCIENCE IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Science methods and materials interpreting
children's science experiences and guiding the
development of the scientific concepts. A study
of the science content of the curriculum, its
material and use. Observation and participation
in Lycoming County elementary schools.
Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or
consent of instructor.
343
TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A course designed to consider means of
communication, oral and written, including
both practical and creative uses. Attention will
be given to listening, speaking, written
expression, linguistics and grammar, and
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil-
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle
for developing creative characteristics in
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the
creative writing of others. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
344
TEACHING READING IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A basic course in the philosophy and
rationale for the implementation of an elemen-
tary reading program fiom kindergarten through
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a
reading instructional program which reflects
the nature of the learning process and recog-
nizes principles of child development through
examination of the principles, problems,
methods, and materials used in elementary
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION
The Professional Semester
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
The Elementary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Elemen-
tary Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 Methods of Teaching
in the Elementary School
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
445
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
The course emphasizes the relationship
between the theoretical studies of physical,
social and cognitive development and the
elementary classroom environment. Particular
consideration will be given to the appropriate
age and developmental level of the students
with an emphasis upon selection and
utilization of methods in all the elementary
subject areas, including art and music. Spe-
cific attention is given to the development of
strategies for structuring lesson plans, for
maintaining classroom control, and for overall
classroom management. Direct application is
made to the individual student teaching
experience. Prerequisites: EDUC 000, 340,
341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre-
stitdent teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
448
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervi-
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an
elementary school. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the school
district to which they are assigned. Two units
maximum.
The Secondary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Secondary Professional Semester:
EDUC 446 Methods ofTeaching in the Middle
Level and Secondary Schools
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
The K-12 Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the K-12
Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 or 446 Elementary or Secondary
Methods
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
Elementary Schools
(4 semester hours/6 weeks)
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools
(4 semester hours/6 weeks)
446
METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
A study of materials, methods, and
techniques with emphasis on the student's
major. Specific attention is given to structuring
unit and lesson plans, maintaining
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom
management. Stress is placed on the selection
and utilization of a variety of strategies,
materials, and technologies to support learning
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
EDUCATION
for a diverse student population. Students
teach demonstration lessons in the presence of
the instructor and members of the class and
observe superior teachers in Lycoming County
middle and secondary schools. Prerequisites:
EDUC200, PSY 138, and pre-student
teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
449
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional laboratory experience under
the supervision of a selected cooperating
teacher in a secondary school. Student
teachers are required to follow the calendar of
the school district to which they are assigned.
T\vo units maximum.
The Special Education
Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Special
Education Professional Semester:
EDUC 430
EDUC431
EDUC 432
EDUC 433
Methods of Teaching
Students with Special Needs
Current Issues in Special
Education
Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
(4 semester hours/7 weeks)
Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
(4 semester hours/7 weeks)
\
430
METHODS OF TEACHING STUDENTS
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
This course addresses planning and
methods for teaching students with disabilities
in all content areas. Integration of content and
skill areas, least restrictive environment
strategies including inclusion and resource
room settings, and technology are stressed.
Prerequisites or co-requisites: EDUC 330,
331, 332, and 344.
431
CURRENT ISSUES IN SPECL\L EDUCATION
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
This capstone course for Special Education
requires students to reflect upon their course
of study, field experiences, and student
teaching; to research and analyze current
issues in the field; and to complete their
professional portfolios. The content of the
course will vary according to the needs of
students, current events, and issues in Special
Education.
432
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervi-
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an
elementary school. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the school
district to which they are assigned.
433
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervi-
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a
secondary school. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the school
district to which they are assigned.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
ENGLISH
ENGLISH (ENGL)
Professors: Feinstein (Chairperson), Hawkes,
Moses, Rife
Associate Professors: Hafer, Lewes
Visiting Professor: Stuart
Visiting Assistant Professor: Preston
Tlie department offers two programs
leading to the major in Enghsh:
Track I - English Major in Literature
This track is designed for students who
choose Enghsh as a hberal arts major that pre-
pares them for a wide range of career options;
for students who choose Enghsh as their subject
area for elementary certification or who wish to
earn secondary certification in English; for
students who wish to improve their verbal and
analytic ability in preparation for a specific
career, such as technical writing, business, or
law; and for students who intend to pursue
graduate study in British or American literature.
A minimum often courses is required for
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 2 1 7; 220;
LYCOMING COLLEGE
22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 227;
two from 31 1,3 12, 3 13, 314, and 3 15; one
from 335 and 336; two electives from among
courses numbered 2 1 5 and above; and the
Capstone Experience.
Students who wish to earn secondary teacher
certification must complete a minimum of
twelve courses in English. Required courses
are ENGL 2 1 7; 220; 22 1 ; 335; 336; 338; two
courses from 222, 223, 227; three courses from
3 11, 3 12, 3 13, 3 14, and 3 15; one elective from
among courses numbered 2 1 5 and above; and
the Capstone Experience. Required courses
outside English are EDUC 200, 239, 446, 447,
and 449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and THEA 100.
Students who intend to pursue graduate
study in British or American literature should
^ complete the twelve English courses specified
for secondary certification and, as part of that
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti-
cism, as their English elective.
Track II - English Major in Creative Writing
This track is designed for students who
aspire to careers as professional writers, as
editors, and as publishers; for students who
plan to continue studies in an M.F. A. or M. A.
program; or for students who would like to
discover their creative potential while pursuing
a fundamental liberal arts education.
A minimum often courses is required for
Track IL Required courses are ENGL 240;
two courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223,
225, and 227; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314
and 315; one from 331 or 332; one from 335
and 336; two from 34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442
(note prerequisites); and one from 411 or 412.
Students who wish to earn secondary
teacher certification must complete a minimum
of twelve courses in English. Required
courses are ENGL 240, 335, 336, 338; two
courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 225,
and 227; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and
315; one from 331 and 332; two from 341,
342, 441, 442 (note prerequisites); and one
from 41 1 and 412; ENGL 217 recommended.
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC C ATALOC
ENGLISH
Required courses outside English are EDUC
200, 446, 447, and 449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and
THE A 100.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: ENGL 332 and 334.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ENGL 218, 225, 31 1, 334, 336,
and 338.
Capstone Experience
Seniors in the literature track must hand in
a portfolio of writing during the first week of
their final semester. The portfolio must
include four major papers from English
courses and a self-assessment essay. Seniors
in the creative writing track must successfully
complete either ENGL 41 1 or ENGL 412.
Minors
The department offers two minors in
English:
Literature: Five courses in literature at the
200 level or above, at least three of which
must be numbered 300 or above.
Writing: Five courses, four of which are
chosen from ENGL 217, 218, 240, 322, and
338; plus one writing-intensive course in
literature at the 300 level.
106
COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the composing
skills needed to articulate and defend a
position in various situations requiring the use
of written English. Credit may not be earned
for both 106 and 107.
107
HONORS COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the writing
skills of students who have the potential to
benefit from advanced work. Placement by
examination only. Credit may not be earned
for both 106 and 107.
215
INTRODUCTION TO
LITERARY INTERPRETATION
Practice in the methods of close reading and
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements
and structures of literary representation. Literature
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL
1 06 or] 0 7, or consent qfinstnictor.
Ill
CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR
An introduction to writing critically about
literary texts. Workshop setting offers intensive
practice in the writing and critiquing of papers.
Designed for beginning students of literature.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Not open to Juniors or seniors
except for newly declared majors or with
consent of instructor.
218
CLASSICAL AND MODERN RHETORIC
An exploration of the province, content,
strategies, and techniques comprising ancient
and modem discourse, with particular emphasis
on written lines of argument. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
220
BRITISH LITERATURE I
A survey of literary fonns, dominate ideas,
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon period
through the 1 8* century. Emphasis on such
writers as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne,
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representa-
tive works from Beowulf to Bumey's Evelina.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
221
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Literary movements and authors from the
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson,
Browning, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
ENGLISH
222
AMERICAN LITERATURE I
Survey of American literature from the
beginning to 1 865, with major emphasis on the
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson,
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
223
AMERICAN LITERATURE II
Survey of American literature from 1865
to 1 945 , emphasizing such authors as Twain,
James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost,
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Prerequi-
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
225
CLASSICAL LITERATURE
A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman
works that have influenced Western writers.
Literary forms studied include epic, drama,
satire, and love poetiy. Writers studied include
Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides,
Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or J 07, or consent of
instructor.
Ill
AMERICAN LITERATURE III
Survey of American literature from 1945 to
the present, focusing on such writers as Bellow,
O'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop,
Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor
240
INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING
Workshop discussions, stmctured exercises,
and readings in contemporary literature to
provide practice and basic instruction in the
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
311
MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
Readings in Old and Middle English poetry
and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical History
to Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric.
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis
on the cultural context from which these fornif
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instirictor. Alternate years.
312
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
An examination of themes and literary
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied
will include Donne, Marlowe, More,
Shakespeare, Sidney, Spenser, and Surrey.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent o
instructor. Alternate years.
313
RESTORATION AND
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE
Consideration of selected themes, writers,
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century
literature ( 1 660- 1 800) with emphasis on the
social, political, and intellectual life of that era.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
314
ROMANTIC LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789-
1832) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
315
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Victorian period (1832-
1901 ) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
322
ADVANCED WRITING:
THE CREATIVE ESSAY
A course in which students from all
disciplines learn to explore and define them-
selves through the essay, a fonn used to
express the universal through the particular
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^0
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGLISH
ind the personal. Readings will include
essayists from Montaigne to Gould.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
ns true tor. Alternate years.
BI
VIODERN AND CONTEMPORARY FICTION
Examination of the novels and short fiction
)f such major writers as Conrad, Woolf,
foyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with
;pecial emphasis on the relationship of their
vorks to concepts of modernism. Prerequi-
nte: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent oj inst)-uctor.
$32
V40DERN AND CONTEMPORARY POETRY
Studies in the themes and visions of
nodem and contemporary poets, beginning
vith Yeats and the American Modernists,
;overing a variety of central movements (such
IS the Harlem Renaissance), and concluding
vith a range of multi-cultural authors. Prereq-
lisite: ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of
nstructor.
133
[HE NOVEL
An examination primarily of British and
American works from the 1 8th century to the
)resent, focusing on the novel's ability — since
ts explosive inception — to redefine its own
)0undaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
n- consent of instructor. Alternate years.
134
VOMEN AND LITERATURE
An examination — literary, social, and
listorical — of literature by women represent-
ng diverse cultures. Each course will examine
I particular theme significant to women writers
"rom more than one cultural background.
■Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
nstructor. A I tenia te years.
135
:haucer
Concentrated study of The Canterbury
^ales with emphasis on the variety of medieval
larrative genres represented. Chaucer's Tales
will be read in Middle English. The course
includes a brief study of language development
to Chaucer, a study of Middle English suffi-
cient to comprehend Chaucer, and an examina-
tion of the cultural traditions that inform
Chaucer's works. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107. or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
SHAKESPEARE
A study of representative plays in the
context of Shakespeare's life and times.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
338
LINGUISTICS
An intensive look at the English language,
focusing on three grammatical systems (tradi-
tional, structural, transfomiational) to identify
their strengths and weaknesses. Attention is
also given to larger issues, including language
change, the politics of language, the creation of
meaning, language acquisition, and dialects.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
341
POETRY WORKSHOP I
An intemiediate workshop focusing on the
writing of poetry and methods of analysis.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240, or consent of instructor.
342
FICTION WORKSHOP I
An intemiediate course in the writing of short
fiction in a workshop environment, where the
student is trained to hear language at work.
Emphasis on characterization and story.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240. or consent of instructor.
411
FORM AND THEORY: POETRY
Principles of meter, rhyme, fornial structure,
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms
will be studied through readings, discussion,
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
•
practical criticism and in creative writing, this
course will pay particular attention to theories
concerned with the relationship between fonn
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341
or consent oj instructor. Alternate years.
412
FORM AND THEORY: FICTION
A course that examines philosophical and
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting
fiction based on those theories. Authors will
most likely include Aiistotle, Calvino, Gardner,
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
420
SELECTED WRITERS
An intensive study of no more than three
writers, selected on the basis of student and
faculty interest. Possible combinations
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner;
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens;
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
421
TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Examination of a literary theme, idea, or
movement as it appears in one or more types
of literature and as it cuts across various
epochs. Possible topics include: American
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
441
POETRY WORKSHOP 11
An advanced workshop in the writing of
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal-
ysis of their own work and acquire experience
in evaluating the work of their peers.
Prerequisite: ENGL 341.
442
FICTION WORKSHOP II
An advanced course in the writing of short
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of voice
and tone. The student will be encouraged to
develop and control his or her individual style
and produce publishable fiction. Prerequisite:
ENGL 342.
449
ADVANCED CRITICISM
Reading and discussion in the theory and
history of criticism. Examination of both
traditional and contemporary ideas about the
value and nature of literary expression and its
place in human culture generally. Work in the
course includes practical as well as theoretical
use of the ideas and methods of critical
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. A Iternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The department provides internships in
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical
writing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl-
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the
changing image of women in American art anc
literature ( 1 890- 1 945 ); the hard-boiled
detective novel; contemporary women writers
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise Lost
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR j
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Recent projects include "The Function of
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" \
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of I
Virginia Woolf" t
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^m
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
"^^b/^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H^^^^^H 'SHU
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Associate Professors: Buedel, Kingery
Assistant Professors: Heysel (Chairperson),
Lewis
/isiting Assistant Professor: Cartal-Falk,
/isiting Instructors: McNemey, Tira
*art-time Instructor: Hunter
Study of foreign languages and literatures
)ffers opportunity to explore broadly the
varieties of human experience and thought. It
;ontributes both to personal and to interna-
ional understanding by providing competence
n a foreign language and a critical acquain-
ance with the literature and culture of foreign
)eoples. A major can serve as a gateway to
:areers in business, government, publishing,
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
education, journalism, social agencies, translat-
ing, and writing. It prepares for graduate work
in literature or linguistics and the international
fields of politics, business, law, health, and area
studies.
MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY
French, German, and Spanish are offered as
major fields of study. The major consists of at
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursue
graduate study in a foreign language should
take additional 300- and 400-level courses.
Majors seeking teacher certification are
advised to begin the study of a second foreign
language.
The department encourages students to
consider allied courses from related fields, a
second major, or an interdisciplinary major
such as International Studies.
STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS
The department recommends that all
language majors study abroad in a Lycoming
College affiliate program or in a department-
approved program. Students seeking teacher
certification are required to study abroad for a
minimum of eight weeks, although a semester-
length program is recommended. Lycoming
offers affiliate programs in France (Universite
de Grenoble), Spain (Tandem Escuela
Intemacional or Estudio Sampere) and
Ecuador (Estudio Sampere). Approved
programs in Austria, Germany, and Switzer-
land include the Institute for International
Education, the Goethe Institute, and
Universitat Frieburg. Students who intend to
study abroad should begin planning with their
major advisor by the first week of the semester
prior to departure. To qualify, students must
have sophomore standing or higher, an overall
GPA of 2.50, a GPA of 3.00 in language
courses, and recommendation from faculty in
the major. Overseas internships are offered
through approved programs. They typically
require substantial language skills and junior or
senior standing.
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE
All foreign language majors are required to
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must
complete at least two of the following six
options: (1) appropriate study abroad for a
minimum of 8 weeks; (2) an internship;
(3) department-approved volunteer work or
tutoring in the foreign language; (4) FRN 418,
GERM 418, or SPAN 418 with a grade of C
or better; (5) secondary teaching certification
in French, German, or Spanish; (6) a Praxis
test in French, German, or Spanish passed
with a score approved by the department.
If the colloquia and other two require-
ments have not been met by the end of the
first semester of the senior year, the student
must submit to the chair of the department a
plan signed by the advisor showing when and
how these requirements will be completed.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 99.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES (FLL)
338
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for
language learning and teaching. Discussion and
application of language teaching techniques,
including work in the language laboratory.
Designed for future teachers of one or more
languages and normally taken in the junior year.
Students should arrange through the Department
of Education to fijlfill the requirements of a
participation experience in area schools in the
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count
toward majors in French, German, and Spanish.
449
JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM
This colloquium offers French, German,
and Spanish majors the opportunity to meet
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
regularly with peers, professors, and invited
guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary,
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least
one oral presentation of approximately 20
minutes in a language other than English in
their second semester. Prerequisite: junior
standing. The department recommends that,
when possible, students take one semester of
449 during their junior year and another
semester during their senior year Taught in
English. The Colloquium will meet a minimum
of 6 times during the semester for 1 hour each
session. After successful completion of two
semesters of the Colloquium, a student may
enroll for additional semesters on a pass-fail
basis and no orcd presentation will be re-
quired. Non-credit course.
FRENCH (FRN)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1
and above or approved courses from a Study
Abroad program, including at least eight
semester hours from the 400 level, not includ-
ing FLL 449. French majors must pass at least
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two c
the additional requirements as explained under
Capstone Experience. Students who wish to b(
certified for secondary teaching must complete
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass
FRN 221-222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the
latter two courses with a grade of B or better),
The following course satisfies the cultural
diversity requirement: FRN 311. The following
courses, when scheduled as a W course, count
toward the writing intensive requirement: FRN
222 and FRN 412.
Minor
A minor in French consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
towards the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO(
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
100 or above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY FRENCH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
icquire the fundamentals of the language with
I view to using them. Regular practice in
;peaking, understanding, and reading.
'Prerequisite for 102: FRN 101 or equivalent.
11-112
NTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review and development of the fundamen-
als of the language for immediate use in
peaking, understanding, and reading, with a
'iew to building confidence in self-expression.
'Prerequisite for 111: FRN 102 or equivalent;
or 112: FRN HI or equivalent.
121-222
:ONVERSATION, REVIEW,
^ND COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a
'ariety of subjects in conjunction with contem-
lorary readings. Focus on phonetics, pronun-
iation and in-depth grammar review including
he study of French stylistics, semantics and
yntax. Designed to provide greater breadth
nd fluency in spoken and written French.
Prerequisite for FRN 221: FRN 1 12 or
quivalent; for FRN 222: FRN 221.
11
40DERN FRANCE
A course designed to familiarize students
vhh social and political structures and cultural
ttitudes in contemporary French and
'rancophone societies. Material studied may
nclude such documents as newspaper articles,
nter\'iews and sociological surveys, and
eadings in history, religion, anthropology, and
he arts. Some attention to the changing
ducation system and the family and to events
nd ideas which have shaped French-speaking
ocieties. Includes some comparative study of
"ranee and the United States. Prerequisite:
''RN 221 or eonsent of instruetor. Alternate
ears.
315
INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH AND
FRANCOPHONE LITERATURES
Diverse readings in this course draw from
both French and Francophone literatures and
represent significant literary movements from
the Middle Ages to the present. The course is
designed to acquaint the student with literary
concepts and terms, genre study and the basic
skills of literary analysis. Prerequisite: FRN
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
literary topics concerning the French-speaking
world. Possible topics or genres include:
Francophone short stories; modem French
theatre; French-speaking women writers;
French and Francophone poetry; Paris and the
Avant-garde. Prerequisites: FRN 222, 311;
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
412
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 19TH CENTURY
The dimensions of the Romantic sensibility:
Musset, Hugo, Madame de Stael, Vigny,
Balzac, Stendhal, Sand; realism and naturalism
in the novels of Flaubert and Zola; and
reaction in the poetry of Baudelaire,
Desbordes-Valmore, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and
Mallanne. Prerequisite: At least one French
course from the 300 level. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written French. Includes work in oral compre-
hension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and
written composition, and translation. Prereq-
uisites: Either two French 300 level courses
or one French 400 level course; or consent of
instructor.
D04-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
O
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN FRENCH
AND FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE AND
CULTURE
Readings of important works and move-
ments in modem French and/or Francophone
literature and culture. Reading selections may
focus on a particular genre or they may be a
combination of drama, poetry and prose.
Possible topics include: 20th century poetry;
French cinema; children's literature; surrealism
and the avant-garde; the Francophone novel;
French literature and art between the wars.
Prerequisites: Either two French 300 level
courses or one French 400 level course, or
consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
421
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 20TH CENTURY
Representative poets and novelists of
modem France. Readings selected from the
works of authors such as Proust, Colette,
Gide, Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine,
Malraux, Saint-Exupery, Camus, the "new
novelists" (Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le
Clezio), Duras, and the poetry of ApoUinaire,
Valery, the Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy,
Eluard, Char), Saint-John Perse, Supervielle,
Prevert, and others. Prerequisite: At least
one French course from the 300 level.
Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in French include
translation. Existentialism, the classical period,
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GERMAN (GERM)
Major I
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 1 1
and above or approved courses from a Study
Abroad program. GERM 426 or 441 is require
of all majors. German majors must pass at leas
two semesters of FEE 449 and complete two oi
the additional requirements as explained under
Capstone Experience on page 110.
Students who wish to be certified for
secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221-
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 426 or 44 1 . In
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses foi
the major, they must also pass FEE 338 and
GERM 418 with a grade of B or better. All
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: GERM 22 1 and 222.
The following course, when scheduled as a W
course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: GERM 441.
Minor
A minor in Gernian consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 221 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses
12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or
above. One unit of FEE 225 may be included i
the minor with permission.
«
101-102 I
ELEMENTARY GERMAN I
The aim of this sequence of courses is to .
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading. Prerequ
site for 102: GERM 101 or equivalent.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES ANDLITERATURES
immediate use in speaking, understanding, and
reading with a view to building confidence in
self-expression. Prerequisite for 111: GERM
102 or equivalent: for 112: GERM 1 1 1 or
equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE
This sequence of courses is designed to
review and develop skills in speaking, listening,
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabulary
building are stressed with intensive review,
writing practice and some reading on contem-
porary issues in German-speaking countries.
Prerequisite for 221 : GERM 112 or equiva-
lent: for 222: GERM 221.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
literary topics concerning the German-speaking
world. Possible topics or genres include: the
Gennan Novelle; modem German theatre; the
fairy tale; German poetry. Prerequisite:
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
323
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the Early Middle Ages
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite:
GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
325
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
and culture from the 1 9th century through the
1960's. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent
of instructor.
411
THE NOVELLE
The German Novelle as a genre relating to
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM
323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who want to improve their spoken and written
German. Includes work in oral comprehen-
sion, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and
written composition, translation, and the
development of the language and its relation-
ship to English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or
consent of instructor.
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CULTURE
The study of important works and move-
ments in modem German literature and culture.
Reading selections may focus on a particular
genre or they may be a combination of drama,
poetry and prose. Possible topics include:
Goethe, East and West Germany, the Weimar
Republic. Prerequisite: One German 300 level
course, or consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
441
CONTEMPORARY GERMAN
LITERATURE
Representative poets, novelists and
dramatists of contemporary Gemiany, Switzer-
land and Austria covering the period from the
1960's to the present. Readings selected from
writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch,
Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, Walser, Grass,
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 323
or 325, or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in German
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology,
Hemiann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and
Diirrenmatt.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION
HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION
SPANISH (SPAN)
Major
A major consists of 32 semester hours of
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or
approved courses from a Study Abroad
program. From courses numbered 3 15 or
higher, one course must focus on literature or
culture from Spain and one course must focus
on literature or culture from Latin America.
SPAN 315 and approved topics courses may
focus on Hispanic literatures with representa-
tive readings from both Spain and Latin
America. When this is the case, the course
may count toward either the Spanish or Latin
American requirement. Eight semester hours
must be at the 400 level, not including 449.
Spanish majors must pass at least two semes-
ters of FLL 449 and complete two of the
additional requirements as explained under the
Capstone Experience section. Recommended
course: HIST 120. Students who wish to be
certified for secondary teaching must complete
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass
SPAN 221, 222, 31 1, 418 and FLL 338 (the
latter two with a grade of B or better).
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 3 1 1 .
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: SPAN 323, 418, 424, and 426.
Minor
A minor in Spanish consists of at least 1 6 !
semester hours of courses numbered 221 or
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must
con-sist of at least 20 semester hours of
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered
200 or above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading. Pre-
requisite for 102: SPAN 101 or equivalent.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
immediate use in speaking, understanding,
reading and writing with a view to building
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite for
111: SPAN 102 or equivalent: for 112: SPAN
111 or equivalent.
221-222
CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a
variety of subjects in conjunction with
contemporary readings. Includes in-depth
grammar review. Designed to provide greater
breadth and fluency in spoken and written
Spanish. Prerequisite for 221: SPAN 1 12 or
equivalent: for 222: SPAN 221.
311
HISPANIC CULTURE
To introduce students to Spanish-speaking
peoples — their values, customs and institu-
tions, with reference to the geographic and
historical forces governing present-day Spain
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 222
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
315
INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC
LITERATURES
Diverse readings in this course include
both Spanish and Latin American literatures
designed to acquaint the student with signifi-
cant Hispanic authors and literary movements.
The course deals with genre study, literary
terms in Spanish, literary concepts and forms,
as well as the basic skills of literary analysis.
The course counts toward the requirement in
the major as either a course in the literature of
Spain or in the literature of Latin America.
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or eonsent of
instriietor.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
literary topics concerning the Spanish-
speaking world. Possible topics or genres
include: Latin American short stories; modem
Spanish theatre; Latin American women writers;
Chicano literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 222
or eonsent oj the instructor. May he repeated
for credit with consent of instructor.
323
SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish literature,
representative authors, and major socio-
economic developments. The course deals
with the literature from the Middle Ages to
the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
325
SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish- American
literature, representative authors, and major
socio-economic developments. The course
deals with the literature, especially the essay
and poetry, from the 1 6th century to the
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent
of instructor. A Iter note years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve their spoken and written
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen-
sion, pronunciation, oral and written composi-
tion, and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN
course at the 300 level or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
424
SPANISH LITERATURE OF
THE GOLDEN AGE
A study of representative works and principal
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisites:
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor.
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC
LITERATURE AND CULTURE
Readings of important works in modern
Spanish and/or Latin American literature.
Reading selections may focus on a particular
genre or they may be a combination of drama,
poetry and prose. Possible topics include:
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin
America; the Modernist movement in Latin
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisites:
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or
consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include literary, linguistic,
and cultural topics and themes such as urban
problems as rctlccted in the modem novel.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
HISTORY (HIST)
Professors: Larson, Morris, Piper
Associate Professor: Witwer (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Chandler
A major consists of 1 0 courses, including
HIST 115,116, and 449. At least seven courses
must be taken in the department. The following
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the
major requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236,
PSCl 22 1 and 439, REL 226 and 228. Other
appropriate courses outside the department may
be counted upon departmental approval. For
history majors who student teach in history, the
major consists of nine courses. In addition to
the courses listed below, special courses, inde-
pendent study, and honors are available.
Special courses recently taught and anticipated
include a biographical study of European
Monarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa-
tion and Urbanization of Modem Europe,
Utopian Movements in America , the Peace
Movement in America, The Vietnam War, and
American Legal History. History majors are
encouraged to participate in the internship
program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 98.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: HIST 120, 140,220,
230 and 240. The following courses, when
scheduled as W courses, count toward the
writing intensive requirement: HIST 218, 230,
247, 328, 330, 332, 335, and 449.
Minor
Three minors are offered by the Department ,
of History . The following courses are required
to complete a minor in American history: HIST
125,1 26, and three courses in American history
numbered 200 and above (HIST 120 and/or
220 may be substituted.) A minor in European
history requires the completion of HIST 115,
1 1 6 and three courses in European history
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in
History (without national or geographical
designation), a student must complete six
courses in history, of which three must be
chosen from HIST 1 15, 1 16, 125, and 126 and
three must be history courses numbered 200
and above.
115
WESTERN CIVILIZATION I
A survey of the major developments in the
history of Western Civilization from its roots
in the Ancient Near East to the era of the
Renaissance. The course will consider the
political, social and cultural aspects of
Mesopotamia, Egypt, the ancient Hebrews,
Greece, Rome, and Western Europe. Byzan-
tine and Islamic civilizations will be studied to
provide a wider scope for comparison.
116
WESTERN CIVILIZATION II
A survey of the major developments in the i
history of Western Civilization from the era of '
the Renaissance to the present. The course
will focus on the political, economic, social,
intellectual, and cultural aspects of European
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
•
listory and how Europe interacted with the
est of the world.
[20
.ATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of the native civilization, the
ige of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial
)ol icy , the independence movements, and the
levelopment of modem institutions and
governments in Latin America. Alternate
tears.
[25
JNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877
A study of the people, measures, and
novements which have been significant in the
levelopment of the United States between
1 607 and 1877. Attention is paid to the
)roblems of minority groups as well as to
najority and national influences.
126
JNITED STATES HISTORY 1877-
'RESENT
A study of people, measures, and movements
vhich have been significant in the development
)f the United States since 1877. Attention is
)aid to the problems of minority groups as well
IS to majority and national influences.
[40
SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY
A comprehensive overview of Asian
listory with emphasis on those Pacific Rim
countries which have greatest current impact
3n political and economic development in the
Jnited States. Alternate Years.
!10
\NCIENT HISTORY
A study of the ancient western world,
including the foundations of the western
:radition in Greece, the emergence and
expansion of the Roman state, its experience as
1 republic, and its transfomiation into the
Empire. The course will focus on the social
and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as well
as political and economic changes. Alternate
vears.
212
MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND
ITS NEIGHBORS
The history of Europe from the dissolution of
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. The
course will deal with the growing estrangement
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium
and Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise
of the Islamic Empire and its later fragmenta-
tion; the development and growth of feudalism;
the conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise
of the towns. Alternate years.
215
CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION
An in-depth study of the changing nature
of war and its relationship to the development
of Western Civilization since the end of the
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be
placed on the role of war in the development
of the modem nation state and the origins and
nature of total war. Alternate years.
218
EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD
WARS
An intensive study of the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe
from 1900-1945. Topics include the rise of
irrationalism, the origins of the First World
War, the Communist and Fascist Revolutions,
and the attempts to preserve peace before
1 939. Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
219
CONTEMPORARY EUROPE
An intensive study of the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe
since 1945. Topics include the post-war
economic recovery of Europe, the Sovietiza-
tion of Eastem Europe, the origins of the Cold
War, decolonization, and the flowering of the
welfare state. Prerequisite: HIST J 16 or
consent of instructor.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
220
WOMEN IN HISTORY
An examination of the social, political,
economic and intellectual experience of
women in the Western World from ancient
times to the present.
226
COLONIAL AMERICA AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA
The establishment of British settlements on
the American continent, their history as
colonies, the causes and events of the American
Revolution, the critical period following
independence, and proposal and adoption of
the United States Constitution. Alternate
years.
230
AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY
A study of the experiences and participa-
tion of African Americans in the United
States. The course includes historical
experiences such as slavery, abolition,
reconstruction, and urbanization. It also
raises the issue of the development and
growth of white racism, and the effect of this
racism on contemporary Afro-American
social, intellectual, and political life. Alternate
years.
232
THE RISE OF ISLAM
A survey of the history of Islam in the
Middle East, illuminating the foundation of
the religion and its spread in the seventh and
eighth centuries, the development of a high
civilization thereafter, and the subsequent
changes in political and social structures over
time. Muslim interactions with Christian and
Jews will be included, but the emphasis of the
course will be to understand the history of
Islamic civilization in its own right. The
course ends with a consideration of recent
crises in the Middle East and their roots in
modem history.
234
ORIGINS OF EUROPE
This course takes an in-depth look at the
formative period of European civilization froir
the decline and fall of the Roman Empire to
the formation, around the year 1 000, of
monarchies that resemble modem states.
Important issues covered include the develop-
ment and spread of early Christianity, the
assumption of mle over Roman territory by
barbarians, and the blending of Roman,
Christian, and Germanic barbarian traditions
into one European civilization.
236
CRUSADES: CONFLICT AND
ACCOMMODATION
An intensive consideration of interactions
between Muslims and Christians in the Middle
Ages. Hostile and fmitful relations in Spain,
warfare in the Holy Land, and the status of
religious minorities will be studied. In additioi
to the often violent relations between these
major religious groups, this course addresses
their intellectual, artistic, and literary develop-
ments as well as reciprocal influences.
240
MODERN CHINA
This course will explore the social, political
and cultural changes in China since the early I
19th Century. Particular attention will be
given to the Communist Revolution and the
developments in China since Mao's death. |
Alternate years.
247
ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA
A history of organized crime in America
from the Gilded Age to the present. This
course explores the rise of organized crime am
its ties to the urban political machines as well
as the segregated vice districts of Nineteenth
Century America. Students study the rise of
the Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with
other ethnically based criminal groups. Much
of the course centers on the role that organizec
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
;rime has played in American society through
>uch activities as labor racketeering, orga-
lized gambling, and smuggling. The course
ilso explores different law enforcement efforts
Tiounted against organized crime over time,
culminating with the most recent use of broad
conspiracy laws. Alternate years.
Ml
THE MIDDLE AGES IN MODERN
iYES
An in-depth study of medieval history by way
)f modem understandings of the period. The
course will focus on academic interpretations,
)ut will also consider the Middle Ages in the
5opular imaginations, such as in film. Examina-
ion of the documents, literature, and art of the
jeriod constitutes the second major area of
course assignments. Student work culminates in
1 major research project based on the study of
ranslated primary sources. Prerequisite: HIST
115 or 212, or consent of instructor.
MO
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
DP EUROPE SINCE 1789
A survey of the development of the
European-states system and the relations
between the European states since the
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre-
requisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
ni
FHE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870
An in-depth investigation of the crucial
'Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from
:he revolutions of 1 848 through the unifica-
:ion of Germany. The course centers on the
struggles for power within the major states of
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of
lationalism was used to bring about one type
3f solution. Alternate years.
328
AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON
The theme of the course is the emergence
of the political and social characteristics that
shaped modem America. The personalities of
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson
receive special attention. Special consider-
ation is given to the first and second party
systems, the decline in community cohesive-
ness, the westward movement, and the
growing importance of the family as a unit of
social organization. Prerequisite: HIST 125
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
330
FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON
An analysis of the political, social, and
intellectual background of the French Revolu-
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary
development, and an estimate of the results of
the Napoleonic conquests and administration.
Prerequisite: HIST 1 1 5 or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
332
CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
The problems and events leading to war, the
political and military history of the war, and the
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877.
335
U.S. SINCE 1945
A survey of the political, social, and
intellectual developments in America in the
years following World War II. The course
reviews both foreign policy developments in
those years and the various social movements
that swept across the country, including civil
rights, feminism, the counter-culture, and
conservatism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or
consent of instructor.
340
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES
RELIGION
The study of historical and cultural
developments in American society which
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
relate to religion or what is commonly called
religion. This involves consideration of the
institutional and intellectual development of
several faith groups as well as discussion of
certain problems, such as the persistence of
religious bigotry and the changing modes of
church-state relationships. Alternate years.
416
HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas
propounded prior to the Reformation, but
which are historically related to its inception,
and of the ideas and systems of ideas involved
in the formulation of the major Refonnation
Protestant traditions, and in the Catholic
Reformation. Included are the ideas of the
humanists of the Reformation Era. Alternate
years.
449
HISTORICAL METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
meaning of history. It will open to the student
different historical approaches and will provide
the opportunity to explore these approaches in
terms of particular topics and periods. Majors
are required to enroll in this course in either
theirjunior or senior year. Prerequisite: One
course from HIST 328, 330, 335 or 416.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically, history interns work for local
government agencies engaged in historical
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori-
cal Museum.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent topics include studies of the
immigration of American blacks, political
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian
relations before the American Revolution, and
the history of Lycoming County.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
INSTITUTE FOR
MANAGEMENT
STUDIES (IMS) AND
MANAGEMENT
SCHOLARS
PROGRAM
Associate Professor: Weaver (Director)
The purpose of the Institute for Management
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni-
ties for students majoring or minoring in
accounting, business administration, or econom-
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern-
ship program, special seminars on important ■
management topics, student involvement in "
faculty research and professional projects,
executive development seminars, and a Manage-
ment Scholars program for academically
talented students (described below). In addition,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
he IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on
;unent management issues.
All students who have a declared major or
ninor in accounting, business administration,
)r economics and who arc in good academic
itanding are automatically members of the
MS. However, the IMS Director may invite or
)emiit other students to join the IMS who do
lot meet the first criterion, such as freshmen
vho have not yet declared a major or minor.
tlO
vlANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar
inder the direction of the IMS faculty. A
iifferent interdisciplinary topic relevant to
students in all three IMS departments is
)ffered at least once a year. Completion of
Avo semesters required by the Management
scholars Program. One-quarter unit of
:redit. Prerequisite: Membership in the
\Ianagement Scholars Program or consent of
WS Director. May be repeated for credit.
J40
VIANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY
A practicum in which students work as
interns for businesses, government agencies
ind nonprofit organizations in the
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva-
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington,
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and
research assignments vary by the credit value
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to
the numbers of available placements. Most
internships are full-time paid positions,
although part-time and unpaid positions are
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Institute for Management Studies and
consent of the Director. May be repeated for
a maximum of 16 credits.
349
EUROPEAN BUSINESS EXPERIENCE
An extensive European business experience
based in London that will study how and why
businesses go global with special emphasis on
financial, marketing and management issues. In
addition, the course will explore how local
business culture affects the management of a
company. The activities include site visits to
businesses, tours of financial institutions,
lectures and assigned cultural activities.
Assessment will include preparatory reading
before the start of class, written reports while
in Europe and a final project that will focus on
a particular topic of interest. Research for this
project will be conducted during the trip with
the paper due after return. The class will take
place in London with side trips to Oxford in
the UK and Paris. After study in London, the
course will feature an extended trip to another
country such as Poland, Russia or Hungary.
IMS Scholars Program
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student
must satisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one
or more of the IMS departments.
However, the IMS Director may invite
or permit other students to join the
Management Scholars Program who
do not meet this criterion, such as
freshmen who have not yet declared a
major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher,
or exhibit strong academic potential if
the student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar
Seminars.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
b) Successfully complete a major or minor
in one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher
in both overall college work, and
within an IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli-
nary topic of relevance to students in all three
IMS departments. The seminars are nonnally
offered as one semester-hour courses and do
not result in overload charges for full-time
students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
College Scholars may also become Manage-
ment Scholars and participate in both pro-
grams.
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES (INST)
Professor: Larson (Coordinator)
The major is designed to integrate an
understanding of the changing social, political,
and historical environment of Europe today
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest
of the world, particularly the United States. It
stresses the international relations of the North
Atlantic community and offers the student
opportunity to emphasize either European
studies or international relations. The
program provides multiple perspectives on the
cultural traits that shape popular attitudes and
institutions. Study of a single country is
included as a data-base for comparisons, and
study of its language as a basis for direct
communication with its people.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
•
The program is intended to prepare a student
lither for graduate study or for careers which
lave an international component. International
(bligations are increasingly assumed by
government agencies and a wide range of
)usiness, social, religious, and educational
)rganizations. Opportunities are found in the
lelds ofjoumalism, publishing, communica-
ions, trade, bank-ing, advertising, manage-
nent, and tourism. The program also offers
flexible career preparation in a variety of
bsential skills, such as research, data analysis,
report writing, language skills, and the
iwareness necessary for dealing with people
md institutions of another culture. Prepara-
ion for related careers can be obtained
hrough the guided selection of courses
Dutside the major in the areas of business,
economics, foreign languages and literatures,
government, history, and international rela-
:ions or through a second major. Students
;hould design their programs in consultation
»vith members of the Committee on Intema-
:ional Studies.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
an page 99. By completing a major in the
foreign languages (five or more courses) and
the education program, students can be certified
to teach that language.
The International Studies program also
sncourages participation in study abroad
programs such as the affiliate programs in
England. France and Spain on page 5 1 , as well
as the Washington and United Nations
semesters.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: INST 449.
The major consists of 1 1 courses including
INST 449 plus the following:
International Relations Courses - Four or
two courses (if two, then four must be taken
from Area Courses). Courses within this
group are designed to provide a basic under-
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
standing of the international system and of
Europe's relations with the rest of the world.
PSCI 225 is required.
PSCI 225 International Relations
ECON 343 International Trade
HIST 320 European Diplomafic History
PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy
Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two,
then four must be taken from International
Relations Courses). Courses within this group
are designed to provide a basic understanding
of the European political, social, and economic
environment. HIST 1 16 and ECON 240 are
required.
HIST 1 1 6 Western Civilization II
ECON 240 Economic Geography
PSCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and
Geography
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the
World Wars
HIST 2 1 9 Contemporary Europe
National Courses
Language - Two courses in one language.
FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222
or above (except 311)
GERM 221 , plus one course numbered 222
or above
SPAN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 or
above (except 311)
Country - One course. The student must
select, according to his or her language
preparation, one European country which will
serve as a social interest area throughout the
program. The country selected will serve as the
base for individual projects in the major courses
wherever possible.
France FRN 3 1 1 Modem France
Gennany HIST N80 Topics in
Gennan History
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture
^^
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE
1
•' -m^ f^ • :"ili/T'''j;:':'>. ,...:'- • ' .-■-v: - > ' ^^
■'.-^rV-
1
•«»-*^«-
' ""iMMliM
rr^^^^^l^^^^^
*wriiiS"Ml
IJBBHHMHHHB^HHHHiii
Ifassfcn.
Elective Course - One course which should
involve further study of some aspect of the
program. Appropriate courses are any area or
international relations courses not yet taken;
HIST 11 5, 21 5; PSCI 327; related foreign
literature courses counting toward the fine arts
requirement and internships.
449
SENIOR SEMINAR
A one-semester seminar, taken in the senior
year, in which students and several faculty
members will pursue an integrative topic in the
field of international studies. Students will
work to some extent indepen-dently. Guest
speakers will be invited. The seminar will be
open to qualified persons from outside the
major and the College. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor.
LITERATURE (lit)
This major recognizes literature as a distinc
discipline beyond national boundaries and
combines the study of any two literatures in th(
areas of English, French, German, and Spanish
Students can thus explore two
literatures widely and intensively at the upper
levels of course offerings within each of the
respective departments while developing and
applying skills in foreign languages. The major
prepares students for graduate study in
either of the two literatures studied or in
comparative literature.
The major requires at least six literature
courses, equally divided between the two
literatures concerned. The six must be at the
advanced level as determined in consultation
with advisors (normally courses numbered 200
and above in English and 400 and above in
foreign languages). In general, two of
the advanced courses in each literature should
be period courses. The third course, taken
either as a regular course or an independent
study, may have as its subject another period, a
particular author, genre, or literary theme, or
some other unifying approach or idea. Beyond
these six, the major must include at least two
additional courses from among those counting
toward a major in the departments involved.
Any prerequisite courses in the respective
departments (for example: ENGL 106, FRN
22 1 -222 or 3 1 1 , GERM 22 1 -222, SPAN 22 1 -
222) should be taken during the freshman year.
Students should design their programs in
consultation with a faculty member from each
of the literatures concerned. Programs for the
major must be approved by the departments
involved.
L YCOM ING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professors: Haley,
Peluso (Chairperson), Sprechini
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Yin
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins,
Davis, Terry
The Department of Mathematical Sciences
offers major and minor programs in computer
science and mathematics.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
(CPTR)
The B. A. Degree
The B.A. degree in computer science consists
of 13 courses: MATH 216; either MATH 109 or
128; one from MATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR
125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 448, and three
other computer science courses numbered 220
or above including approved internships, or
MATH 338.
The B.S. Degree
The B.S. degree in computer science consists
of 1 7 courses: MATH 1 28, 129.216 and either
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346,
445, 448; three other computer science courses
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences
BIO 110-111,CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225-
226; and one additional course from the
following list of courses: Biology course
numbered 1 1 0 or above. Chemistry course
numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214,
231,233,234,238,332,333.
Students considering graduate work in
computer science should take MATH 128, 129
and 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular
courses listed below, special courses are
occasionally available.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: CPTR 246, 346, and 448.
Minor
A minor in computer science consists of
MATH 216, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two other
computer science courses numbered 220 or above.
101
MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT
An introduction to a file-management
system, i.e. a database system that uses a
single file, in the Windows environment.O/;e-
halfunit of credit. This course may not he
used to meet distribution requirements.
108
COMPUTING ESSENTIALS
An introduction to the use of computers in
problem solving and programming. Included
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and
programming. The course teaches the use of
simple techniques in areas such as number
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the
mathematics of business and finance. The
programming component of the course is
currently based on the Visual Basic program-
ming language. Emphasis is given to the
processes involved in mathematical modeling
and problem solving. Laboratory experience is
included using current software. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
125
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to the discipline of computer
science with emphasis on programming utili-
zing a block-structured high-level programming
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
language. Topics include algorithms, program
structure, and computer configuration. Labora-
tory experience is included. Prerequisite: Credit
for or exemption from MATH 100.
246
PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED
PROGRAMMING
Principles of effective programming,
including structured and object oriented
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion
proving, style, debugging, control structures,
decision tables, finite state machines, recur-
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of
C- or better in CPTR 125.
247
DATA STRUCTURES
Representation of data and analysis of
algorithms associated with data structures.
Topics include representation of lists, trees,
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or
better in CPTR 246, or consent of instructor.
Corequisite: MA TH 216.
248
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN
Study of modem programming language
design and implementation. Paradigms studied
include procedural, functional, logic, and object-
oriented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data
types, data stmctures, storage management,
and control structures. Laboratory experience
is included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
321
INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximation of
roots and functions, integration, systems of
differen-tial equations, linear systems, matrix
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisites: CPTR 125 and MA TH 129;
MA TH 130 strongly recommended. Cross-
listed as MATH 321.
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, pushdowi
stacks, and Turing machines along with their
equivalent fonnal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computability
including results regarding the limits of comput-
ers and specific problems that cannot be solved.
Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. Cross-listed
as MA TH 324. A Iternate years.
331
COMPUTER NETWORKS
This course introduces the following
computer networking concepts: LAN, WAN,
FTP, TCP/IP, HTTP, network topologies,
Ethernet, OSI model, routers, switches, and
wiring technologies. Students will set up a
LAN using a mix of available operating systems
and networking software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246.
342
WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING
Intemiediate programming on the World Wide
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java,
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or
consent of instructor Alternate years.
345
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
An introduction to graphics hardware and
software with emphasis on the mathematics
necessary to represent, transform, and display
images of two- and three-dimensional objects.
Subjects covered include but not limited to:
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color
models, and rendering. Prerequisites: CPTR 24t
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor;
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years.
346
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE
Principles of computer organization,
architecture, and machine language. Topics
include machine and assembly languages,
internal representation of data, processor data
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
mth and control, pipelined processors,
nemory hierarchies, and performance issues.
Laboratory experience is included. Pre-
^cjiii.site: A grade ofC- or better in CPTR
'46: CPTR 247 strongly reeommended.
49
DATABASE SYSTEMS
An in-depth introduction to the relational
latabase model and SQL. Topics include but
re not limited to: relational algebra, relational
alculus, normalization, design theory of
elational databases, SQL standards, and query
iptimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
Uternate years.
41
NTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL
NTELLIGENCE
I Introduction to the theory, implementation
2chniques, and applications of artificial
ntelligence. Topics may include but are not
imited to knowledge representation, problem
olving, modeling, robotics, natural language
nalysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite:
'!PTR247. Alternate years.
42
NTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Designing, building and programming
lobile robots. Some advanced topics are
overed which may include control theory,
obotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is
ssential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
45
)PERATING SYSTEMS
Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling,
Multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, file
nanagemcnt, real and virtual memory manage-
ment, file and memory addressing, and
listributed processing. Prerequisites: CPTR
'47 and 346.
48
ADVANCED DESIGN AND
)EVELOPMENT
Individual or group research and implementa-
ion projects. Includes analysis, design, develop-
nent and documentation of a significant
lurrent, relevant problem and its computer-
based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
Alternate years.
470
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MATHEMATICS (math)
A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit
courses in the mathematical sciences: CPTR
125, MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432,
434, and two other mathematics courses
numbered 220 or above, one of which may be
replaced by MATH 1 12, 214 or 216. In
addition, four semesters of non-credit math
Colloquium are required: two semesters each
of MATH 339 and MATH 449 with at least
two of the four semesters for a letter grade,
one of which must be in MATH 449.
Students who are interested in pursuing a
career in actuarial science should consider the
actuarial mathematics major.
Students seeking secondary teacher certifi-
cation in mathematics are also required to
complete MATH 330, 336, and one from 123,
214 or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL
217. Also, all majors are advised to elect
PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 225, 226. Other
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10,
138; EDUC 200, 239, 446, 447, 449.
In addition to the regular courses listed
below, special courses are occasionally
available.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: MATH 234.
Minor
A minor in mathematics consists of MATH
128,1 29, and cither 2 1 6 or 234; two additional
courses numbered 200 or above, one of which
may be replaced with MATH 1 30; and two
semesters of MATH 339 or 449 with at least
one semester for a letter grade.
004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
100
INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA
A computer-based program of instruction
in basic algebra including arithmetic and
decimals, fractions, the real number line,
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic
functions, expressions with rational expo-
nents, algebraic functions, exponential
functions, and inequalities. This course is
limited to students placed therein by the
Mathematics Department. One-half unit of
credit.
106
COMBINATORICS
An introduction to the analysis of counting
problems. Topics include permutations,
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclusion/
exclusion principle, and partitions. The nature
of the subject allows questions to be posed in
everyday language while still developing
sophisticated mathematical concepts. Prereq-
uisite: Credit for or exemption from MA TH
100.
109
APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS
An intuitive approach to the calculus
concepts with applications to business,
biology, and social-science problems. Not
open to students who have completed MATH
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption
from MATH 100.
112
FINITE MATHEMATICS
FOR DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to some of the principal
mathematical models, not involving calculus,
which are used in business administration, social
sciences, and operations research. The course
will include both deterministic models such as
graphs, networks, linear programming and
voting models, and probabi listic models such as
Markov chains and games. Prerequisite: Credit
for or exemption from MA TH 1 00.
123
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Topics include tabular and graphical descrip-
tive statistics, discrete and continuous probabil
ity distributions. Central Limit Theorem, one- ,
and two-sample hypotheses tests, analysis of
variance, chisquared tests, nonparametric tests,
linear regression and correlation. Other topics im
include index numbers, time series, sampling
design, and experimental design. Course also
includes some use of a microcomputer. Prerequv
site: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 1 00
127
PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS
The study of polynomial, rational, exponen-
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions,
their graphs and elementary properties. This
course is an intensive preparation for students
planning to take Calculus (MATH 1 28- 1 29), o
those whose major specifically requires Precal-
culus. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption
from MATH 100.
128-129
CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC
GEOMETRY I - II
Differentiation and integration of algebraic
and trigonometric functions, conic sections anc
their applications, graphing plane curves,
applications to related rate and external prob-
lems, areas of plane regions, volumes of solids
of revolution, and other applications; differen-
tiation and integration of transcendental
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi-
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128:
Exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption
from or a grade ofC- or better in MA TH 128.
130
INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA
Systems of linear equations and matrix
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear
independence. Matrix representations of linea
mappings. The fixed point problem. Special
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO(
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
:lasscs of matrices. Prerequisite: MATH 127
or its equivalent.
205
MATHEMATICS IN
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
This course is intended for prospective
elementary school teachers and is required of
all those seeking elementary certification.
Topics include systems of numbers and numera-
tion, computational algorithms, environmental
and transfonnation geometry, measurement,
and mathematical concept formation. Obser-
vation and participation in Greater
Williamsport elementary schools. Prerequi-
sites: PSY 138 and credit for or exemption
from MATH 100. Corequisite: Any EDVC
course munbered 341 or above which is speci-
fically required for elementary certification.
214
MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS
The study of statistical techniques involving
several variables. Topics include multiple
regression and correlation, one-and two-way
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance,
analysis of two- and three-way contingency
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis
and canonical correlations, repeated measure
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet-
ric methods. Course also includes extensive
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP).
Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in
MA TH 123 or its equivalent, or MATH 332.
216
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
An introduction to discrete structures.
Topics include equivalence relations, partitions
and quotient sets, mathematical induction,
recursive functions, elementary logic, discrete
number systems, elementary combinatorial
theory, and general algebraic structures
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite:
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor.
i
231
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
A study of ordinary differential equations
and linear systems. Solution techniques include:
reduction of order, undetermined coefficients,
variation of parameters, Laplace transforms,
power series, and eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: A
grade ofC- or better in MA TH 129; MA TH
130 recommended.
233
COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, analytic functions,
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and
their applications. Corequisite: MA TH 238.
Alternate years.
234
FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Topics regularly included are the nature of
mathematical systems, essentials of logical
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set
theory. Other topics frequently included are
approaches to the concepts of infinity and
continuity, and the construction of the real
number system. The course serves as a bridge
from elementary calculus to advanced courses
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade of
C- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both courses
recommended.
238
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi-
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matri-
ces; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector
functions of a single variable, acceleration,
curvature; functions for several variables,
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multiple
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes;
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of
C- or better in MA TH 129. and either MA TH
130 or 231.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
321
INTRODUCTION TO
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximating roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion,
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisites:
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as CPTR
321.
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent fomial language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234.
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years.
330
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean
geometry with an historical perspective.
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years.
332-333
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II
A study of probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, expected values
and moments, sampling, point estimation,
sampling distributions, interval estimation, test
of hypotheses, regression and linear hypoth-
eses, experimental design models.
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years.
336
CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
A course designed for mathematics majors
who are planning to teach at the secondary
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe-
matics that form the foundation of secondary
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to
familiarize the student with the various
curriculum proposals, to provide for innovatioi;
within the existing curriculum, and to expand
the boundaries of the existing
curriculum. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or
better in MATH 129; student must be junior o)
senior mathematics major enrolled in the
secondaiy certification program.
338
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Queuing theory, including simulations
techniques, optimization theory, including
linear programming, integer programming, anc
dynamic programming; game theory, including!
two-person zero-sum games, cooperative
games, and multiperson games. Prerequisite:
MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years.
432
REAL ANALYSIS '
An introduction to the rigorous analysis of
the concepts of real variable calculus in the
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology o
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact-
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu-
ity, differentiability; series and convergence;
Riemann integral. Prerequisites: MATH 238
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234.
434
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
An integrated approach to groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces and functions which |
preserve their structure. Prerequisites: MATP
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234
438
SEMINAR
Topics in modem mathematics of current
interest to the instructor. A different topic is
selected each semester. This semester is
designed to provide junior and senior mathe-
matics majors and other qualified students with |
more than the usual opportunity for concen-
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite:
Consent oj instructor. One-half unit of credit.
This course may be repeated for credit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC
:•-
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES •MILITARY SCIENCE
339 i& 449
MATH COLLOQUIUM
This required non-credit course for math-
ematics majors and minors and actuarial
mathematics majors offers students a chance to
hear presentations on topics related to, but
not directly covered in formal MATH courses.
Mathematics majors present two lectures, one
during the junior year and one during the
senior year. Actuarial mathematics majors
and mathematics minors present one lecture
during one of the semesters in which they are
enrolled. A letter grade will be given in
semesters in which the student gives a
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of
instructor. One hour per week.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MILITARY
SCIENCE (MLsc)
The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycom-
ing College students in cooperation with
Bucknell University. Details of the ROTC
program can be found on page 42.
The following courses may be used to fulfill
one semester of the Physical Activities
Distribution Requirement: 0 11 . 02 1, 03 1 or
041.
Oil
INTRODUCTION TO ROTC
The course is designed to acquaint the
student with the ROTC program and w ith the
Army as a potential employer after gradu-
ation. Students will learn about the Amiy's
history, organization, equipment, and role in
the nation. Students will also learn some
fundamental military skills, customs, and
traditions. No credit.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MILITARY SCIENCE
s
r,.
' ■■'/■
012
INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS
The course expands upon the skills learned
in the previous semester. Several classes will
be held at the rifle range to develop marksman-
ship skills. There will also be training in radio
communication and first aid skills. No credit.
021
LAND NAVIGATION
Students will learn how to use military
topographic maps and reference systems. The
course includes theory and practical exercises
in navigating using compass, map terrain
association. There will also be some instruc-
tion and practice in military writing and
briefing skills. No credit.
022
LEADERSHIP THEORY
The focus is on leading a small group of
individuals. The course examines the role of
the leader, military leadership concept,
personal character, decision-making, imple-
menting decisions, motivation and supervision.
The course also includes instruction and
practice on conducting performance-oriented
training. No credit.
i
031
APPLIED LEADERSHIP
The student serves as a small unit leader in
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is
evaluated and developed. The student has
some responsibilities to care for and train
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan-
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide
students a variety of leadership challenges. No
credit.
032
SMALL UNIT TACTICS
The course requires planning and practic-
ing tactical operations at small unit level.
Students continue to apply/develop leadership
skills in increasingly complex situations.
Topics include preparation of orders, offense,
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire
support, and airmobile operations. No credit.
041
MENTORING AND MANAGING
The student serves as a cadet officer in the
ROTC organization and plans and organizes
several major training activities. Course work
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting
objectives, making leadership assessments,
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No
credit.
042
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
The student serves in a different leadership
position and continues to develop and apply the
skills learned in the previous semester. The
course also examines military officership as a
profession and the ethical behavior expected of
an officer. The course also serves to prepare
the student for an initial assignment as an Army
lieutenant. No credit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
•
MUSIC (Mus)
!*rofessors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer
V^isiting Instructor: Woodmff
Part-time histructors: Adams, Anstey, Becker,
Breon, Campbell, Gilbert, Hickey, Lakey,
I Leidhecker, Lundquist, Mianulli,
Rammon, Savoy, Schmidt
The student majoring in music is required
:o take a balanced program of music theory,
listory, applied music, and ensemble. A
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and
vocal methods courses) is required and must
include MUS 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 220, 22 1 , 335, and
336. Each major must participate in an
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and
take one hour of applied music per week for a
minimum of four semesters including the entire
period in which the individual is registered as a
music major (see MUS 160-169). The major
must include at least one-half hour of piano in
the applied program unless a piano proficiency
test is requested and passed. Anyone declaring
music as a second major must do so by the
beginning of the junior year.
Music majors seeking teacher certification
in music education (K-12) must also take PSY
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, 239, the pre-student
teaching participation, and the Professional
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341,
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina-
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification
in music education should consult with the
department as soon as possible, preferably
before scheduling classes for the freshman year.
The Music Department recommends that
non-majors select courses from the following
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied
music and ensemble courses may also be used to
meet distribution requirements.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance. Music
majors and other students qualified in perfor-
mance may present fonnal recitals.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: MUS 116, 128, and
234. The following course, when scheduled as
a W course, counts toward the writing
intensive requirement: MUS 336.
110-111
MUSIC THEORY I AND II
A two-semester course, intended for students
who have some music-reading ability, which
examines the fundamental components and
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop
musicianship through application of applied
skills. PrercqiiLsite to MUS 111: MUS 110.
116
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
A basic course in the materials and tech-
niques of music. Examples drawn from various
periods of western and non-western styles are
designed to enhance perception and apprecia-
tion through careful and infonned listening.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
117
SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC
A chronological survey of music in Western
civilization from Middle Ages to the present.
Composers and musical styles are considered in
the context of the broader culture of each
major era.
128
AMERICAN MUSIC
An introductory survey of all types of
American music from pre-Revolutionary days to
the present. Categories to be covered are folk
music of different origins, the development of
show music into Broadway musicals, serious
concert music for large and small ensembles,
jazz, and various popular musics from "Tin Pan
Alley" to Rock to New Wave. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and
modem dance. Classes include improvisation
and choreography. Prerequisite for MUS 136:
MUS J 35 or consent of instructor. One-half
unit of credit each. Not open to students who
have received credit for THEA 135-136 or
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 135-
136.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets
de cour of 1 7th century France to the present
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa,
Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half
unit of credit. Not open to students who have
received credit for THEA 137. Cross-listed as
THEA 137.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art and
as they have reflected the history of
civilization. One-half unit of credit. Not open
to students who have received credit for
THEA 138. Cross-listed as THEA 138.
MUSIC THEORY III AND IV
A continuation of the integrated theory
course moving toward newer uses of music
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111.
224
ELECTRONIC MUSIC I
A non-technical introduction to electronic
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital
Interface) for the major and non-major alike.
The course traces the development of MIDI
from its origin to present-day digital synthesizer.'
in combination with sequencing computers.
225
ELECTRONIC MUSIC II
Further consideration of recording tech-
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and
synchronization will be introduced. Students
will take part in live recording of concerts and
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student
projects will include complete recording
sessions and the production of electronic
music compositions utilizing classical studio
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi-
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor.
234
HISTORY OF JAZZ
A survey of jazz styles, composers, and
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins,
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing,
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and
contemporary.
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
•
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One-
half unit oj credit each. Not open to students
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 235-
236.
330
COMPOSITION I
An introductory course for majors and
non-majors who wish to explore their com-
posing abilities. Guided individual projects in
smaller instrumental and vocal forms, together
with identification and use of techniques
employed by the major composers of the 20th
century. Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of
instructor.
333
CHORAL CONDUCTING
A study of choral conducting with frequent
opportunity for practical experience. Empha-
sis will be placed upon technical development,
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity.
Prerequisites: MUS 1 10-1 1 1 or consent of
instructor. A I tenia te years.
334
INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING
A study of instrumental conducting with an
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis.
Topics include the physical skills and intellec-
tual preparation necessary for clear, expres-
sive, and informed conducting. Other areas
such as the development of rehearsal tech-
niques and improvement of aural skills will be
addressed on a continual basis. Prerequisites:
MUS 110-111 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
335
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I
The development of musical styles and
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart,
including composers from the medieval.
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras.
I
336
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II
The development of musical styles and
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ-
ing composers from the late classical, roman-
tic, and modern eras.
339
ORCHESTRATION
A study of modem orchestral instruments
and examination of their use by the great
masters with practical problems in instrumen-
tation. The College Music Organizations serve
to make performance experience possible.
Prerequisites: MUS 1 10-111 or consent of
instructor. A Iternate years.
340
TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Methods and materials of teaching music in
the elementary school with emphasis on
conceptual development through singing,
moving, listening, playing classroom instru-
ments, and creating music. Course work will
include peer teaching demonstrations, practical
use of the recorder and autoharp, as well as
observation of music classes in elementary
schools in the Greater Williamsport area.
Alternate years.
341
TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS
Methods and materials of teaching music in
the secondary schools with emphasis on the
development of concepts and skills tor
effective instruction in all aspects of music
learning. The teaching of general music and
music theory, as well as the organizing and
conducting of choral and instrumental en-
sembles, will be examined. Course work will
include evaluation of instructional and perfor-
mance materials, practical use of the recorder
and guitar in middle school settings, as well as
observation of music classes in secondary
schools in the Greater Williamsport area.
Alternate years.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOCi
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
440
COMPOSITION II
For students interested in intensive work
emphasizing the development of a personal
style of composing. Guided individual
projects in larger instrumental and vocal forms,
together with analysis of selected works from
the 20th century repertory. Pre-requisite:
MUS 330 or consent ofinstnictor.
445
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC
The intensive study of a selected area of
music literature, designed to develop research
techniques in music. The topic is announced
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna
1 900- 1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or
221; or consent of instructor.
446
RECITAL
The preparation and presentation of a full-
length public recital, normally during the
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi-
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160-
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart-
ment. May be repeated for credit.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
APPLIED MUSIC
AND ENSEMBLE
The study of performance in piano, harpsi-
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass,
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to
develop sound technique and a knowledge of
the appropriate literature for the instrument.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Credit for applied music courses (private
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One
half- hour lesson per week earns one half-hour
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles
(for more information, see course descriptions
below). When scheduling please note that an
applied course or ensemble should not be ;
substituted for an academic course, but should j
be taken in addition to the normal four academid
courses.
Applied music courses are private lessons
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsi-
chord; 161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163,
Organ; 164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166,
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional
Charges under Financial Matters on page 13.
167
ORCHESTRA
The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra
allows students with significant instrumental
experience to become members of this regional
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is
contingent upon audition and the availability of
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in orchestra only
should register for MUS 167B (one hour
credit). A student may belong to two en-
sembles, choosing either Choir or Concert
Band as the second group. Such a student will
then register for MUS 167 A (1/2 hour credit)
plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) or
MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit).
168
CHOIR
The Lycoming College Choir is open to all
students who would like to sing in an ensemble
setting. Emphasis is on performing quality
choral literature while developing good vocal
technique. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
•
Student who is enrolled in Choir only should
register for MUS 168B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two different en-
sembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band as
the second ensemble. Such a student will then
register for MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour credit)
or MUS 169A (Band - 1/2 hour credit). If a
student has auditioned and been selected for
the Chamber Choir (no credit available), he/
she should register for MUS 168C in addition
to registering for the Lycoming College Choir.
169
BAND
The College Concert Band allows students
with some instrumental experience to become
acquainted with good band literature and
develop personal musicianship through
participation in group instrumental activity.
Participation in the Band is contingent upon
audition. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in Band only should
register for MUS 169B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two ensembles,
choosing either Orchestra or Choir as the
second group. Such a student will then
register for MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either MUS 1 67A ( 1 12 hour credit) or MUS
168 A (1/2 hour credit), if a student has
auditioned and been selected for the wood-
wind or brass quintets (no credit available), he/
she should register for MUS 169C or 169D.
261-267
INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL
METHODS
Instrumental and vocal methods classes are
designed to provide students seeking certifica-
tion in music education with a basic under-
standing of all standard band and orchestral
instruments as well as a familiarity with
fundamental techniques of singing.
MUS 261 Brass Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 262 Percussion Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
MUS 265 Vocal Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
2004-05 ACADtMIC CA lALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
•
A
. .. •■
'•»♦•' •*» , *
'■ • • i***^
^^^S^
; ■. ' " • ■•',
1*
% .
^L
r>-**«
^^iW^WII^
^^KhGh^s^I^RH
' V^
4
jy^^
rm^v^i
*'- p^> ' ^''
V i-co» '••
Bj^^
llll»f'ni»-"iifi>
- S
.....jij^Hlj^^H
-
"
^«a...-I«ife
PHILOSOPHY (PHIL)
Professors: Griffith, Whelan
Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Chappen
The study of philosophy develops a critical
understanding of the basic concepts and
presuppositions around which we organize our
thought in morality, law, religion, science,
education, the arts and other human endeavors.
A major in philosophy, together with other
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent
preparation for policy-making positions of
many kinds, for graduate study in several
fields, and for careers in education, law, and
the ministry.
The major in philosophy requires eight
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440, and at
least four others numbered 225 or above.
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major
only once.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 ,
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 99.
Minors
The Philosophy Department offers four
minors: (1) Philosophy — any four philosophy
courses numbered 220 or above, or any five
philosophy courses that include three num-
bered 220 or above. (2) Philosophy and
Law — four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334,
335, 336, 337, 340, and independent studies.
(3) Philosophy & Science — four courses form
PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340, and independent
studies. (4) Ethics — four courses from PHIL
224, 335, 336, 340, and independent studies;
one of these may be replaced by two from 1 14,
115,216,219. Since topics in PHIL
340 and independent studies vary, these
courses may count toward a minor only if
they are approved by the department.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
•
05
j^RINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING
An introduction to the elements of critical
hinking centered on developing the skills
lecessaiy to recognize, describe, and evaluate
irguments. Not open to juniors and seniors
except with consent of instructor.
[14
'HILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE
An introductory philosophical examination
)f a number of contemporary moral issues
vhich call for personal decision. Topics often
Investigated include: the "good" life, obliga-
ion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide
ind death, violence and pacifism, obedience to
[he law, the relevance of personal beliefs to
■norality. Discussion centers on some of the
juggestions philosophers have made about
low to make such decisions. Not open to
iuniors and seniors except with consent of
'nstructor.
1115
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY
An introductory philosophical examination
3f the moral and conceptual dimensions of
various contemporary public issues, such as
the relation of ethics to politics and the law,
the enforcement of morals, the problems of fair
distribution of goods and opportunities, the
legitimacy of restricting the use of natural
resources, and the application of ethics to busi-
ness practice. Discussion centers on some of
the suggestions philosophers have made about
how to deal with these issues. Not open to
liuniors and seniors except with consent of
'instructor.
140
CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY
j A study of several central philosophical
'problems, such as the problem of free will and
detenninism, the relationship between mind and
;body, the nature and limits of human knowl-
edge, arguments about the existence of God,
and the problem of personal identity. Not open
to Juniors and seniors except with consent of
instructor.
215
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN
COMMUNICATION
An introduction to the foundations of
communication. Theories of truth and meaning
are illustrated by means of practical examples,
with special attention given to the issue of
objectivity and bias in communication.
216
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS
A systematic and philosophically infonned
consideration of some typical moral problems
faced by individuals in a business setting, and a
philosophical examination of some common
moral criticisms of the American business
system.
217
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION
An examination of the basic concepts
involved in thought about education, and a
consideration of the various methods for
justifying educational proposals. Typical of the
issues discussed are: Are education and
indoctrination different? What is a liberal
education? Are education and schooling
compatible? What do we need to learn?
Alternate years.
218
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
A philosophical examination of some
important controversies which arise in connec-
tion with the American criminal justice system.
Typically included are controversies about the
nature and purpose of punishment, the proper
basis for sentencing, the correct understanding
of criminal responsibility, and the rationale and
extent of our basic human rights with respect
to the criminal law.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
219
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN HEALTH CARE
An investigation of some of the philosophi-
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health
research and planning. Topics typically
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed
consent, behavior control, experimentation on
humans and animals, abortion, genetic
engineering, population control, and distribu-
tion of health care resources.
223
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
AND METAPHYSICS
An historical survey of the attempt to
understand the physical universe. Particular
attention is paid to common origins of
philosophy and science in the works of the
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of
how scientific and philosophical thinking
differs from mythological and technological
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism dispute
in science and metaphysics, and to the interac-
tion between philosophy and science in
fonnulating fiandamental questions about the
physical universe and in developing and
criticizing concepts designed to answer them.
224
HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
An historical survey of the most important
social and political philosophers from Socrates
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the
relationship between ethics and politics as seen
by Plato and Aristotle and to the social
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and
Rousseau.
225
SYMBOLIC LOGIC
A study of modem symbolic logic and its
application to the analysis of arguments.
Included are truth-fianctional relations, the
logic of propositional fianctions, and deductive
systems. Attention is also given to
various topics in the philosophy of logic.
Alternate years.
301
ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the ancient Greek
philosophers, with particular emphasis on
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisites: Two
courses in philosophy or consent ofinstnictor.
Alternate years.
332
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A philosophical examination of religion.
Included are such topics as the nature of reli-
gious discourse, arguments for and against the
existence of God, and the relation between
reli-gion and science. Readings from classical
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
333
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
A consideration of philosophically impor-
tant conceptual problems arising from reflec-
tion about natural science, including such
topics as the nature of scientific laws and
theories, the character of explanation, the
importance of prediction, the existence of
"non-obsei^vable" theoretical entities such as
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying
induction, and various puzzles associated with
probability. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL
PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five defining
works of contemporary political philosophy,
beginning with the work of John Rawls.
Prerequisite: Students without previous study
in philosophy must have consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
335
ETHICAL THEORY
I An inquiry about the grounds for distin-
guishing morally right from morally wrong
actions. Central to this course is critical
consideration of important theories, such as
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as
w ell as historically important theorists, such as
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite:
Siiidents without previous study in philosophy
must have consent oj instructor Alternate
ycius.
336
CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five centrally
important works of contemporary moral
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. A Iternate years.
337
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
An introduction to the philosophy of law
using both classical and contemporary sources.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
General theories concerning the nature of law,
as well as philosophical issues which arise
primarily within a legal context, will be
discussed. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
SPECIAL TOPICS
Study of selected philosophical problems,
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics
include ethical obligations to animals, lying
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics,
research on human subjects, and artificial
intelligence. Students without previous study
in philosophy must have consent of instructor.
With consent of the instructor, this course may
be repeated for credit.
440
PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH
AND WRITING
In-depth instruction in both the independent
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical
research and writing. Each student undertakes
an approved research project and produces a
substantial philosophical paper. Open only to,
and required of senior philosophy majors.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent independent studies in philosophy
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls'
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia,
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
(See Astronomy/Physics)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Dill
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES,
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY
SERVICE
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
Students must successfully complete any
combination of two semesters of course work
selected from the following:
1 . Designated Physical Activities courses,
2. Designated varsity athletics,
3 . Designated wellness courses,
4. Designated community service projects,
5. Designated military science courses (Oil,
021,031,041).
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
COURSES (PHED)
102
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of physical education. Coeduca-
tional classes meet twice a week with basic
instruction in fiindamentals, knowledge, and
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on
the potential use of activities as recreational
and leisure time interests. No credit.
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
105
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one semester oj
physical education. Coeducational classes
meet twice a week with basic instruction in
fundamentals, knowledge, and appreciation of
various sports. Emphasis is on the potential
use of activities as recreational and leisure
time interests. No credit.
110-125
VARSITY ATHLETICS
Students who compete on a varsity sports
team may register for a semester of Physical
Activity during the semester listed. Two full
seasons must be completed to satisfy the
Physical Activity requirement. No credit. It is
the student's responsibility to withdraw
from the course should they not complete
the season.
110 -BASKETBALL
111 -CROSSCOUNTRY
112 -FOOTBALL
113 -GOLF
114 -SOCCER
115 -SOFTBALL
116 -SWIMMING
117 -TENNIS
118 -TRACK
119 -VOLLEYBALL
120 -WRESTLING
121 - LACROSSE
WELLNESS (WELL)
102
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of wellness study. Wellness courses
meet two hours per week covering various
topics that may include Stress Management,
Preventing Communicable Diseases, Personal
Health and Wellness, and other current health
issues. These courses promote student
wellness during their stay at Lycoming as well
as their post graduate years. No credit. This
course may he repeated with the same topic
only with departmental consent.
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICAL EDUCATION • POLITICAL SCIENCE
05
rOPICS IN WELLNESS
I This topics course satisfies one semester of
velliiess study. Wellness courses meet two
louis per week covering various topics that
nay include Stress Management, Preventing
tommunicable Diseases, Personal Health and
Vellness, and other current health issues,
^^hcse courses promote student wellness during
'heir stay at Lycoming as well as their post
graduate years. No credit. This course may be
\epcated with the same topic only with
fepartmental consent.
[06
PIRST AID/CPR
, This course satisfies one semester of
veUness study. This course will prepare
tudents to recognize emergencies and make
;.ppropriate decisions for first aid care. Also
ncluded are an emphasis on safety and
ssessment of personal habits to reduce risk of
njury and illness. American Red Cross First
Vid and CPR certifications are earned upon
luccessflil completion of the course. A^o credit.
:OMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS)
These courses require 2-3 hours per week
n a combination of seminars and agency
)laccment.
05
COMMUNITY SERVICE I
I This course satisfies one semester of
community serx'ice. An experiential learning
!)pportunity accomplished in conjunction with
ocal agencies or college departments. The
mtcome of such service will promote students"
personal and social development as well as civic
esponsibility. No credit. May not be repeated.
06
COMMUNITY SERVICE II
! This course satisfies one semester of
Community service. Students may elect to
enroll in a second semester of community
;ei-v ice to satisfy the graduation requirement,
rhis will require the student to be engaged in a
lomewhat more sophisticated level of learning
ind service. No credit. Prerequisite:
ZOMS 105.
POLITICAL
SCIENCE (psci)
Professor: Roskin (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Williamson
Visiting Professors of Legal Studies: Raup,
Wishard
The major is designed to provide a systematic
understanding of government and politics at the
international, national, state, and local levels.
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to
make independent, objective analyses which
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the
social sciences.
Although the political science major is not
designed as a vocational major, students with
such training may go directly into government
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin-
istrative agencies. A political science major can
provide the base for the study of law, or for
graduate studies leading to administrati\ e work
in federal, state, or local governments, interna-
tional organizations, or college teaching.
Students seeking certification to teach second-
fOm-OS ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
•
ary school social studies may major in political
science but should consult their advisors and the
education department.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 99.
A major in Political Science consists often
courses as follows: PSCI 106, 1 10, and 400;
two courses in American politics from PSCI
211, 212, 213, 214, 316, and 347; one course
in Legal Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334,
335, and 436; two courses in World Politics
from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, and 439; and
two additional Political Science courses.
Prospective majors are encouraged to take
PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An exemp-
tion will be granted only if it strengthens the
student's program.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: PSCI 221, 327 and 347.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PSCI 210, 334, 400, and 439.
Minors
The department offers four minors:
1 ) Political Science — any four courses num-
bered 200 or above excluding PSCI 2 1 0 and 400.
2) American Politics — PSCI 1 1 0 and four
courses selected from PSCI 211,212,213,214,
3 1 6, or 347. 3) World Politics — four courses
selected from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, or 439.
4) Legal Studies — four courses selected from
PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, or 436.
Students are encouraged to consult with
department members on the selection of a minor.
106
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS
The U.S. political system in comparative
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and
examples to ground students in the objective
analysis of politics.
110
U.S. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
The ideologies, institutions, and processes
of American politics at the national level, with
attention to the internal workings of govern-
ment and the extra-governmental actors —
including voters, political parties, and interest
groups — that influence policy.
210
COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY !
I
Reviews and critiques the impact of the mass
media on American society. Consideration of
how the media form attitudes, nominate and
elect candidates, cover news, and monitor govem-
mental activities as well as possible remedies to
media-related problems. Alternate years.
211
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
An examination of the general principles,
major problems, and political processes of the
states and their subdivisions, together with
their role in a federal type of government.
212
POLITICAL PARTIES
The role and impact of political parties in
America, focusing on theories of individual
partisan attitudes and behavior, party organiza-
tions and activities, and partisan performance
in government. Alternate years.
213
CONGRESSIONAL POLITICS
Study of the U.S. Congress emphasizing
internal structure and operations, rules and
procedures, party leadership, committee system,
external influences, incentives for congiessional
behavior, and elections. Alternate years.
214
THE PRESIDENCY
The structure and behavior of the American
presidency, including elections, organization of
the office, and relation to other national
institutions. Alternate years.
221
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
AND GEOGRAPHY
The politics and geography of nations in
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And
South American in a search for comparisons
and patterns. Includes history, institutions,
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises.
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
0
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE
1225
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
! The basic factors and concepts of interna-
tional relations, such as international systems,
national interest and security, wars, decolon-
ization, nationalism, economic development,
trade blocs, and international law and
organizations.
243
THE VIETNAM WAR
The background and context of the war, how
the United States got involved, the military
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society,
politics, and economy. Alternate years.
316
PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING
A course dealing with the general topic and
methodology of polling. Content includes
exploration of the processes by which people's
political opinions are fonned, the manipulation
of public opinion through the uses of propa-
ganda, and the American response to politics
and political issues. Alternate years.
327
WAR AND PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAST
Why is the Middle East such a dangerous
region? The geography, history, religions, and
politics that make its wars and its chances for
peace. Alternate years.
331
CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES
What are our rights and liberties as
Americans? What should they be? A frank
discussion of the nature and scope of the
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and
equal protection of the laws. Students will
read and brief the more important Supreme
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
332
COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SYSTEM
The course consists of two components:
criminal law and criminal procedure. Criminal
procedure carefully explores constitutional
law and procedural rules which dominate
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal law
explores concepts relating to criminal respon-
sibility and the establishment of selected
offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot button"
issues in the field: balancing protection of
fundamental freedoms against society's need
to solve an prevent crime; plea negotiations;
the politicizing of the criminal justice system;
mandatory sentencing schemes; management
challenges to fast handling of criminal cases;
the changing line between juvenile and adult
criminal court; wisdom of using criminal
punishment in an attempt to control some
forms of behavior. There will be two field
trips to court proceedings. Prerequisite:
junior or senior standing, or consent of
instructor.
334
LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING
Students learn to perform legal research
with realistic problems in civil and criminal
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional,
regulatory, procedural and common law.
They will write briefs and memoranda based
upon the research in the form expected of
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some
classes may be held at the Lycoming County
Courthouse law libraiy. Alternate years.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
335
LAW AND SOCIETY
An examination of the nature, sources,
functions, and limits of law as an instrument
of political and social control. Included for
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the
family, crime, deviant behavior, poxerty, and
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
347
WOMEN AND POLITICS
The historical, philosophical, and practical
context and conduct of women in a variety of
political roles. This course considers both
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY
elective and nonelective activities, and includes
analyses of women' s issues currently on
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years.
400
POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Capstone course required of majors,
normally taken in their senior year, integrates
and deepens knowledge and methods of the
study of politics by means of empirical
political inquiry and quantitative techniques.
Open to non-majors with consent of instructor.
436
MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION
An examination of the legal stmcture and
the system by which mass communication is
controlled in this society. The forces which
shape, influence, and make policy will be
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior
standing, or consent of instructor.
439
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The U.S. role in the world in geographic,
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec-
tives, plus an examination of the domestic
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIPS (See index)
Students may receive academic credit for
serving as intems in structured learning situations
with a wide variety of public and private agencies
and organizations. Students have served as
intems with the Public Defender' s Office, the
Lycoming County Court Administrator, and the
Williamsport City government.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current studies relate to elections — local,
state, and federal — while past studies have
included Soviet and world politics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PSYCHOLOGY (PSY)
Professor: Ryan, Berthold
Assistant Professors: Kelley, Beery,
Olsen (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Hill
Visiting Instructor: Williams
Visiting Part-time Assistant Professors:
Mitchell, Philippen
Visiting Part-time Instructor: Cimini
The major provides training in both
theoretical and applied psychology. It is
designed to meet the needs of students
seeking careers in psychology or other natural
or social sciences. It also meets the needs of
students seeking a better understanding of
human behavior as a means of furthering
individual and career goals in other areas.
Psychology majors and others are urged to
discuss course selections in psychology with
members of the department to help insure
appropriate course selection.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
The B. A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree, students must
complete 32 semester hours in psychology
including PSY 1 1 0, 43 1 , 432, and 436.
Statistics is also required.
The B.S. degree
To complete the B.S. degree, students must
complete 32 semester hours in psychology and
statistics as described for the B.A. and take the
following additional courses:
• One additional lab course in Psychology
from PSY 324 or 333;
• Three of the following Natural
Science courses from at least two
departments: BIO 110, 11 1, 323,
338; CHEM 1 10, 111; PHYS 225,
226;
• One of the following computation
courses: CPTR 125; MATH 128,
214;ECON230,441;
• An Individual Studies or Honors
Project in Psychology or, with
department pennission, an Internship
or the Practicum in Psychology.
Students are also recommended to take one
of the following: PHIL 223, 225, or 333.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 99.
The following course satisfies the cultural
diversity requirement: PSY 341. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 43 1, 432, and
436.
Minor
A minor in psychology consists of 20
semester hours in psychology including PSY
1 10, two courses numbered 200 or higher,
and one course from PSY 324, 333, 43 1 , or
432.
101
TOPICS
Exploration of a specific basic or applied
topic in psychology. Different topics will be
explored diftercnt semesters. Potential topics
include the psychology of disasters, applied
behavioral psychology, and organizational
psychology. The course is open to elementary
and advanced undergraduates. One-half unit
of credit. May be repeated once for credit
with departmental permission. May not he
used to satisfy distribution or major require-
ments.
110
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
human and other animal behavior. Areas
considered may include: learning, personality,
social, physiological, sensory, cognition, and
developmental.
112
GROUP PROCESSES AND
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
An introduction to research and theories
on small group fonnation, structure, and
performance. Topics include group communi-
cation, conformity, leadership, conflict, and
decision-making. Emphasis will be placed
upon applying principles of group dynamics to
different types of groups. Prerequisite: PSY
no or consent of instructor. May term only.
116
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the patterns of deviant
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and
treatment. The various models for the con-
cept-ualization of abnonnal behavior are
critically examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
2004-05 AC ADEM IC CATALOG
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
117
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the basic principles of human
growth and development throughout the life
span. Prerequisite: PSYJJO.
118
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
The study areas will include theories of
adolescence; current issues raised by as well
as about the "generation of youth"; research
findings bearing on theories and issues of
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora-
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
138
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
the teaching-learning process. Areas
considered may include educational objec-
tives, pupil and teacher characteristics,
concept learning, problem-solving and
creativity, attitudes and values, motivation,
retention and transfer, evaluation and
measurement. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
211
LEARNING DISABILITIES
An examination of learning disabilities,
emotional problems, and social problems of
children. Topics will include the legal and
educational rights of children with disabili-
ties, the various categories of disability
qualifying for Special Education services,
assessment of children with learning disabili-
ties, characteristics of and interventions to
help children with learning disabilities and
attention difficulties, the educational place-
ments and support services available, and
Individualized Educational Programs (lEPs).
Prerequisite: PSY 110.
216
ABNORMAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY
This course examines in detail the symp-
toms, assessment, causes, and treatments for
psychological disorders primarily experienced
by children and adolescents, including in the
school setting. These include separation
anxiety. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity
Disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant
disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabili-
ties, autism, Asperger's disorder, and mental
retardation. This course also explores the
application of specific treatment approaches
to children/adolescents for disorders that can
be experienced by both children and adults
(e.g., phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder,
post traumatic stress disorder, depression,
bipolar disorder). Interventions for difficulties
such as peer/social problems, physical
conditions/illness, traumatic brain injury, and
the effects of poverty, divorce, and abuse are
also discussed. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
220
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS
This course will review current theory and
research on love. The progress of close,
interpersonal relationships from initiation to
termination will be discussed. In addition, the
relation between love and sex will be ex-
plored, and current research on sexuality
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
225
INDUSTRIAL AND
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
The application of the principles and
methods of psychology to selected industrial
and organizational situations. Prerequisite:
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
•
237
COGNITION
An in-depth examination of the field of
human cognition. Topics inckidc perception,
attention, short and long term memory,
reading comprehension, problem solving and
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the scientific nature of the
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
239
iBEHAVIOR MODIFICATION
I A detailed examination of the applied
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the
'application of experimental method to the
individual clinical case. The course will cover
targeting behavior, base-rating, intervention
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learn-
ing-based modification techniques such as
contingency management, counter-condition-
ing, extinction, discrimination training,
aversive conditioning, and negative practice
will be examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or
consent of instructor.
240
PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT
A study of psychological theories and
research on coping with nonnal developmen-
tal changes and common problems of
adulthood. Focus will be upon adult transi-
tions, stress management, intimate relation-
ships, sexuality, parenting skills, and work
adjustment. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
310
FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of psychological theories
and research on topics related to psychology
and law. Areas covered include forensic
pathology, psychological theories of criminal
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision
making, expert witnesses, the insanity
defense, and criminal profiling analysis.
Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 116.
324
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
The scientific exploration of interpersonal
communication and behavior. Topics include
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and
communication, social perception and social
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
333
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the physiological
psychologist's method of approach to the
understanding of behavior as well as the set of
principles that relate the function and organi-
zation of the nervous system to the phenom-
ena of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or
consent of instructor.
334
PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
Psychometric methods and theory,
including scale transformation, norms,
standardization, validation procedures, and
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: PSY
1 10 and statistics.
341
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
A review of contemporary theory and
research on the psychology of gender differ-
ences. Special topics include sex differences
in achievement, power, and communication;
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity
and femininity; and gender influences on
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
410
DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES
AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT
This course will explore the relations
between a variety of types of family dysfunc-
tions and child development and psychopa-
thology. Specifically, topics in child abuse,
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from
violent homes, alcoholic homes, and homes
with mentally ill parents will be studied. The
course will focus on empirical literature about
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMINGCOLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
dysfunctional families and child development,
biographical and political perspectives.
Prerequisites: PSY 116 and 117, or consent
of instructor.
431
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the scientific method, experi-
mental design and the application of statistics
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the place of research in the field
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and
statistics.
432
SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
The examination of psychophysical method-
ology and basic neurophysiological methods as
they are applied to the understanding of sensor
processes. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10, 431 and
statistics.
436
PERSONALITY THEORY
A review of the major theories of personal-
ity development and personality functioning.
In addition to covering the details of each
theory, the implications and applications of
each theory are considered. This course is best
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year,
because it integrates material from diverse
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
An off-campus experience in a community
setting offering psychological services,
supplemented with classroom instruction and
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic counsel-
ing skills, while PSY 449 covers the major
theoretical approaches to counseling. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Internships give students an opportunity to
relate on-campus academic experiences to
society in general and to their post-baccalau-
reate objectives in particular. Students have,
for example, worked in prisons, public and
private schools, county government, and for
the American Red Cross.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent study is an opportunity for
students to pursue special interests in areas foi
which courses are not offered. In addition,
students have an opportunity to study a topic
in more depth than is possible in the regular
classroom situation. Studies in the past have
included child abuse, counseling of hospital
patients, and research in the psychology of
natural disasters.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Honors in psychology requires original
contributions to the literature of psychology
through independent study. The most recent
honors project was a study of the effect of
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
•
RELIGION (RED
Professor: Hughes
Assistant Professor: Johnson (Chairperson)
Instructor: Knauth
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Gaber
A major in Religion consists of 10 courses,
including REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least
seven courses must be taken in the depart-
ment. Up to three of the following courses
may be counted toward fulfilling the major
requirements: GRK 221, 222, HEBR 221,
222, HIST 340, 416, PHIL 332 and SOC 336.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: REL 1 10, 224, 225,
226, 228. The following courses, when
scheduled as W courses, count toward the
writing intensive requirement: REL 230, 33 1 ,
and 337.
Minors
A minor in religion consists of one course
from REL 110, 1 13 or 1 14 and four religion
courses numbered 200 or above.
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical
Languages requires the completion of GRK
101-102, HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK
221,222, HEBR 221, 222.
110
INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION
Designed for the beginning student, this
course examines what it means to be religious.
Some of the issues arc the definition of
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific
attention will be devoted to the current
problem of cults and religious liberty.
113
OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting and in the light of
archaeological findings to show the faith and
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish community
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to
the history of interpretation with an emphasis
^A
LVCOMINGCOLLEGE
RELIGION
on contemporary Old Testament criticism and
theology.
114
NEW TESTAMENT FAITH
AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting to show the faith
and religious life of the Christian community in
the Biblical period, and an introduction to the
history of interpretation with an emphasis
on contemporary New Testament criticism and
theology.
119
RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE
An examination of the interaction of religion
and culture in an historical perspective fol-
lowed by a direct analysis of the ethical and
religious issues raised by contemporary
American popular culture. Readings include
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical
and religious approaches to popular culture.
120
DEATH AND DYING
A study of death from personal, social and
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide,
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of
death and immortality. Course includes, as
optional, practical projects with terminal
patients under professional supervision. Only
one course from the combination ofREL 120
and 121 may be used for distribution.
121
AFTER DEATH AND DYING
An examination of the question of life after
death in terms of contemporary clinical
studies, the New Testament resurrection
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation,
and the classical theological beliefs of
providence and predestination. Prerequisite:
REL 120 is recommended but not required.
Only one course from the combination of
REL 120 and 121 may be used for distribu-
tion.
222
PROTESTANTISM IN THE
MODERN WORLD
An examination of Protestant thought and
life from Luther to the present against the
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from
the 1 7th century scientific revolution to
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology.
Special attention will be paid to the constant
interaction between Protestantism and the
world in which it finds itself
223
BACKGROUNDS OF EARLY
CHRISTIANITY
A study of historical, cultural, and reli-
gious influences that shaped the formation of
early Christianity and the antecedents of
Christian doctrine and practice in Hellenistic,
Roman, and post-exilic Jewish cultures.
224
JUDAISM AND ISLAM
An examination of the rise, growth, and
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special
attention given to the theological contents of
the literatures of these religions as far as they
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and
organization. Also, a review of their contribu-
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind.
225
ORIENTAL RELIGION
A phenomenological study of the basic
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese
Taoism with special attention to social and
political relations, mythical and aesthetic
forms, and the East-West dialogue.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
•
226
BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A study of the role of archaeology in
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical
literature originated with special attention
given to archaeological results that throw light
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also,
an introduction to basic archaeological
method and a study in depth of several
representative excavations along with the
artifacts and material culture recovered from
different historical periods.
227
HISTORY AND THEOLOGY
OF THE EARLY CHURCH
An examination of the life and theology of
the church from the close of the New Testa-
ment to the fifth century. Special attention
will be given to the struggles of the church
with heretical movements, the controversies
concerning the person and nature of Christ,
and the encounter of the church with the
Roman Empire.
228
HISTORY AND CULTURE
OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
A study of the history and culture of
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be
given to the religious views prevalent in the
ancient Near East as far as these views
interacted with the culture and faith of the
Biblical tradition.
230
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
A study into the broad insights of psychol-
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion
and religious behavior. The course concen-
trates on religious experience or manifesta-
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu-
tions will be sought to questions such as:
What does it feel like to be religious or to
have a religious experience? What is the
religious function in human development?
How does one think psychologically about
theological problems?
331
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
A study of Christian ethics as a normative
perspective for contemporary moral problems
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and
religion, decision-making in the field of
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of
society in a planetary civilization.
332
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
An examination of the approach of religion
and other disciplines to an issue of current
concern; current topics include the theological
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
337
BIBLICAL TOPICS
An in-depth study of Biblical topics related
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics
include prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead
Sea Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline
theology, Judaism and Christian origins,
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic
Gospels and John give final fonn to their
message. Course will vary from year to year
and may be repeated for credit once if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
341
CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES
A study of the theological significance of
some contemporary intellectual developments
in Western culture. The content of this course
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied
in recent years include the theological
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche;
Christianity and existentialism; theology and
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION
depth psychology; the religious dimension of
contemporary literature.
342
THE NATURE AND MISSION
OF THE CHURCH
A study of the nature of the Church as
"The People of God" with reference to the
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman
Catholic traditions.
401
FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
Participation in an approved archaeological
dig or field school program in the Near East
or Mediterranean region. Includes instruction
in excavation techniques, recording and
processing of artifacts. A survey of excava-
tion and research and the use of archaeology
as a tool for elucidating historical and cultural
changes. Under certain circumstances,
participation in an archaeological field school
program within the United States, Central or
South America, or elsewhere may be ac-
cepted. Special fees apply. May Term or
Summer Sessions only.
421
ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD
SUPERVISION
Participation in an archaeological excava-
tion or field school program at the level of
assistant supervisor or above. Includes
instruction in on-site supervision of daily
digging, record-keeping, and interpretation of
finds, and/or specialized training in excavation
project coordination, data processing, or
analysis of specific types of material culture.
Research project required. Prerequisite: REL
401 or equivalent experience. Special fees
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions onlv.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in religion usually work in local
churches under the supervision of the pastor
and a member of the faculty. Interns in
archaeology usually work in historical
museums or art museums under the supervi-
sion of a museum director/curator/archaeolo-
gist and a member of the faculty.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current study areas are in the Biblical
languages. Biblical history and theology.
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions,
and the ethics of technology.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK)
Greek is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 101-102,
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221,
222, HEBR221,222.
101-102
NEW TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of New Testament Greek
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
11\
READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS
A comparative study of the synoptic
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or
equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES
Selected readings from the letters of Paul
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equiva-
lent. Does not satisfy' humanities require-
ment.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM
HEBREW (HEBR)
I Hebrew is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 101-102,
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221,
222. HEBR 221, 222.
101-102
OLD TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
i Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
221
READINGS IN OLD
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE
\ A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected narrative portions of the Old Testament
with special attention being given to exegetical
questions. The text read varies from year to
year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 or equivalent.
\Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
;222
[READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS
AND WISDOM LITERATURE
' A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy
and wisdom literature with special attention
being given to exegetical questions. The text
'read varies from year to year. Prerequisite:
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy
humanities requirement.
2(i( )4 ()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SCHOLAR
PROGRAM (scHOL)
Assistant Professor: Briggs (Director)
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs
and aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming scholars
satisfy the College's distribution requirements
with more challenging courses than students
not in the Scholar Program are required to
complete. (Substitutions to the Scholar
Distribution Requirements can be made only by
successful application to the Scholar's Coun-
cil.) Lycoming Scholars also participate in
special interdisciplinary seminars and in an
independent study culminating in a senior
presentation.
301
LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held
each semester under the direction of the
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated
for credit. Completion of five semesters is
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi-
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade
will be recorded as "A "or "F."
450
SENIOR SEMINAR
During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars
complete independent studies or departmental
honors projects. These projects are presented
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar.
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the Lycoming Scholar Program.
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
(SOC)
Professor: Wilk (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Ross
Visiting Assistant Professor: McCall
Part-time Instructor: Mahoney
The Sociology-Anthropology Department
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks
introduce the students to the fiindamental
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks
prepare the student for graduate school.
Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects
of sociology and anthropology. Track II
emphasizes the application of sociology and
anthropology to human services.
Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229,
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within
the department with the exception of SOC
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward
the major.
Track II - Human Services in a Socio-
Cultural Perspective Track II - Human
Services in a Socio-Cultural Perspective
requires SOC 1 10, 222, 229, 330, 430, 443,
and 444. In addition, students must select two
courses from among the following: SOC 220,
228, 300, 334, and 335. Students are also
required to choose two units from the follow-
ing courses: PSY 1 10, ECON 224, PHIL 219,
and SOC 230. Recommended courses:
ACCT 1 10, 226; SPAN 111,1 12; HIST 126;
and PHIL 334.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged to
participate in the internship program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 99.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: SOC 229, 33 1 , 334,
335, 336, and 337. The following courses,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
when scheduled as W courses, count toward tht
writing intensive requirement: SOC 229 and
331.
Minor
A minor in sociology and anthropology
consists of SOC 1 1 0 and four other SOC
courses approved by the department, three of
which must be numbered 220 or above.
110
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the problems, concepts,
and methods in sociology today, including
analysis of stratification, organization of
groups and institutions, social movements, and
deviants in social structure.
114
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
An introduction to the subfields of anthro-
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and
goals, examination of biological and cultural
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
evolution, the fossil evidence for human
evolution, and questions raised in relation to
human evolution. Other topics include race,
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis-
toric cultural development.
220
MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
The history, structure, and functions of
modem American family life, emphasizing
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment,
and the changing status of family members.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
This course is for students interested in
learning about, or entering, the human services
profession. It will review the history, the
range, and the goals of human services
together with a survey of various strategies
and approaches to human problems. A
twenty-hour community service component is
an optional element of the course. Prerequi-
site: SOC no and/or PSY 110: or consent of
instructor.
lis
AGING AND SOCIETY
Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of
the aged as individuals and as members of
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media
portrayals as well as such variables as health,
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participation.
Sociological, social psychological, and anthro-
pological frames of reference are util izcd in
analysis and description of aging and its
relationship to the individual and society.
Prerequisite: SOC 110.
229
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of cultural and social
anthropology designed to familiarize the
student with the analytical approaches to the
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy
of cultural anthropology for an understanding
20(14-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
of the human condition will be stressed. Topics
to be covered include the nature of primitive
societies in contrast to civilizations, the concept
of culture and cultural relativism, the individual
and culture, the social patterning of behavior
and social control, an anthropological perspec-
tive on the culture of the United States.
230
SELF AND SOCIETY
This course is concerned with the behavior
of individuals who occupy positions in social
structures, organizations and groups. The
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social
environment; and the manner in which the
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes and
alters social structures and enters into the
functioning of groups. This course will also
explore symbolic interactionism, a major
theoretical perspective in sociology which
focuses primary attention on the way in which
individuals define and continually redefine
reality on the basis of social interaction.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
235
SOCIAL HISTORY OF
AMERICAN FAMILIES
This course traces the historical develop-
ments that lead to contemporary family debates
on issues including, but not limited to, welfare
support and reform, fertility and abortion
politics, divorce and child custody issues, and
women's employment outside of the home. In
addition, the course examines the American
family from the perspective of historical
sociology with particular emphasis on the
interplay of the family as it relates to historic
refonns in the economic, political, educational,
religious, and legal institutions. Covering
approximately a four-century time frame, the
changing composition of families is studied with
an emphasis on racial, ethnic, and social class
variations. Throughout the course "family" is
addressed as a gendered institution and its
implications for men's and women's lives.
Alternate years.
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
300
CRIMINOLOGY
Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of
crime; epidemiology of crime, including
explanation of statistical distribution of
criminal behavior in temis of time, space, and
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or
consent of instructor.
330
RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
In studying the research process in sociol-
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the
process of designing and administering both
qualitative and quantitative research. Students
complete an original field work project in a
public setting. Additionally, students will learn
to compile and analyze quantitative data
through a micro computer statistical software
package. Different methodological skills
considered include: field work, questionnaire
construction, unobtrusive research, and
program evaluation. The course must be taken
in the junior year. Prerequisites: SOC 110
and MATH 123.
331
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER
Virtually every society known to us is
founded upon assumptions of gender differ-
ences and the politics of gender inequality.
This course focuses on the ways in which
gender is socially constructed and institutional-
ized in societies. Topics to be considered
include cultural constructions of masculinity,
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexuality;,
institutional sites of gender differentiation such
as work, family, military, and education; media
representations of gender and sexuality; and
reproduction politics. Emphasis is placed on
various theories that have been advanced to
explain gender stratification. Prerequisite:
SOC 110. Alternate years.
334
RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES
Study of racial, cultural, and national
groups within the framework of American
cultural values. An analysis will include
historical, cultural, and social factors underly-
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and
individual reports are part of the requirements
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or
consent of instructor.
335
CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
Introduction to psychological anthropol-
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Emphasis
will be placed on the relationship between
individual and culture, national character,
cognition and culture, culture and mental
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of
the concept of self Prerequisite: SOC 229 or
consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
336
THE ANTHROPOLOGY
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS
The course will familiarize the student with
the wealth of anthropological data on the
religions and world views developed by prim-
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel-
igion in regard to the individual, society, and
various cultural institutions will be examined.
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch-
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization
movements. Particular emphasis will be given
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi-
ence, and the creation of cultural realities
through religions. Both a social scientific and
existential perspective will be employed. Pre-
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor.
337
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF
AMERICAN INDIANS
An ethnographic survey of native North
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl,
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due
to European contacts and United States
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural
developments among American Indians will be
placed in an anthropological perspective.
430
SOCIAL PROBLEMS
Building on the research skills acquired in
SOC 330, students will complete an original
quantitative research project on a topic of their
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of
this course covers the social construction and
life course of a social problem. Additionally,
several social problems will be analyzed in
depth. Prerequisite: SOC 330.
443
HUMAN SERVICES IN
HELPING INSTITUTIONS
The course examines the organizational and
conceptual context within which human services
are delivered in contemporary society. Subjects
to be covered include ethnographic study of
nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic communi-
ties, mental hospitals, and other human service
institutions. The methodology of fieldwork
will be explored so as to sensitize the student
to the socio-cultural dimensions of helping
environments and relationships. Prerequisite:
SOC 110 or 229, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
444
SOCIAL THEORY
The history of the development of sociologi-
cal thought from its earliest philosophical
beginnings is treated through discussions and
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 lOor consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in sociology-anthropology typically
work off campus with social service agencies
under the supervision of administrators.
However, other internship experiences, such as
with the Lycoming County Historical Museum,
are available.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
An opportunity to pursue specific interests
and topics not usually covered in regular
courses. Through a program of readings and
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity
to pursue these interests and topics in
greater depth than is usually possible in a
regular course.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
THEATRE (thea)
Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Stanley
Visiting Instructor: Graham
Part-time Instructor: Clark
The primary responsibilities of the Theatre
Department are to teach appreciation, service,
foundational and specialized courses; to
prepare students for advanced study and
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc-
tion programs in which students can practice
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the
College community.
The Theatre Department produces a full
season of faculty- and student-directed plays.
The department also manages the Lycoming
College Summer Theatre and a children's
theatre company. The Emerald City Players.
The department's production facilities include
an intimate thrust stage (The Mary L. Welch
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Theatre) and a small black box studio theatre
(The Downstage Theatre) in the Academic
Center.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: THEA 1 14, 212, 332,
333, 335, and 410. The following courses,
when scheduled as W courses, count toward
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 212,
332, and 333.
Major
All students majoring in Theatre must
complete the core courses and the require-
ments for at least one of the three tracks listed '
below.
Core courses required of all majors:
THEA 100, 145, 148, 232, 332, 333, 410, and
449.
Track Requirements:
1. Acting:
THEA 226, 245, 335, and either 345 or
402; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit
which must be earned serving as Assistant
Stage Manager or Crew Head for a
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits
of 161.
2. Directing:
THEA 226, 326, 335, and either 402 or
426; 2 credits of 1 60, one-half credit which
must be earned serving as Assistant Stage
Manager for a faculty-directed production
and one-half credit which must be earned as
the Stage Manager for a faculty- directed
production, and 2 credits of 161 .
3. Design/Tech:
ART 212, THEA 228, 229, 320; one from
the following: 335, 402, 427, 428, 429;
and 4 credits of THEA 160 and/or 161.
Minors
Three minors are available in the Theatre
Department.
• A minor in Performance consists of THEA
100, 145, 148, 226, and 245.
^m
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
•
• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320.
• A minor in Theatre History and Literature
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 410.
100
INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE
A comprehensive introduction to the
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's
point of view, the nature of theatre will be
explored, including dramatic literature and the
integral functioning of acting, directing and all
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in
THEA 148 prohibited.
114
FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE
MASTERPIECES
Study of selected classic experimental and
narrative films from around the world as well
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what
makes a classic through examination of such
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and
genre. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvisa-
tion and choreography. Prerequisite for
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135-136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as
MUS 135-136.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets
de cow of 1 7th-century France to the present
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa,
Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half
unit of credit. Not open to students who have
received credit for MUS 137. Cross-listed as
MUS 137.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art and
as they have reflected the history of civil-
ization. One-half unit of credit. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
138. Cross-listed as MUS 138.
145
ACTING I
An introductory study of the actor's
preparation with emphasis on developing the
actor's creative imagination through improvi-
sation, character analysis, and scene study.
Prerequisite: THEA 100. Majors may take
concurrently with THEA 100.
148
PLAY PRODUCTION
Stagecraft and the various aspects of
production are introduced. Through material
presented and laboratory work on the Mary L.
Welch Theatre productions, students will
acquire experience with design, scenery,
properties, costumes and lighting. Prerequi-
site: THEA 100. Concurrent enrollment in
THEA 100 prohibited.
160
TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM
161
REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE
PRACTICUM
Supervised participation in the various
aspects of technical production and/or
rehearsal and perfonnance of the Theatre
Department's faculty-directed productions in
the Mary L. Welch Theatre. Credit for Theatre
Practicum is earned on a fractional basis.
Students may register for one-half semester
hour course credit per production for active
participation in the designated area of technol-
ogy and performance, limited to one semester
hour credit per semester and eight semester
hours credit over four years. Credit may not
be used to satisfy distribution requirements in
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
Fine Arts. Students may not register for
Theatre Practicum while taking THEA 148
without permission of the instructor. When
scheduling, students should register for Theatre
Practicum in addition to the nonnal four
academic courses. Because students may not
be cast or assigned duties in time to meet the
drop/add deadline, late registration for THEA
160 and 161 (Rehearsal and Performance) will
be permitted without penalty.
201
TOURING CHILDREN'S THEATRE
Production and rehearsal techniques for
performance of a children's play. Students will
construct sets, costumes, props and rehearse
for touring and perfonning on during slated
class times at area grade schools. Students
may repeat this course once with a dijferent
play. Prerequisites: THEA 100 and consent
of instructor.
212
MULTICULTURAL AMERICA
ON SCREEN
Introduction to the art of understanding
moving images to discover the cultural values
of American filmmakers and their audiences.
Comparison of the ways in which films and
television use comedy, drama, and the docum-
entary to examine topics having to do with
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in America.
220
VOICE AND DICTION
Introduction to the fundamental techniques
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha-
sizes an individual program of personal vocal
development. Dialects and phonetic study of
the major European accents and English accents.
Includes oral practice of relevant literature.
Alternate years. One-half unit of credit.
226
DIRECTING I
An introductory study of the functions of
the director, with emphasis on script analysis,
the rehearsal process, and communicating with
collaborators. Practical scene work directing
student actors is a major component of the
course. Prerequisite: THEA 145. Alternate
years.
228
SCENE DESIGN
Development of scene design techniques
through study of the practice in rendering,
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching
and model building. Beginning work in theory,
techniques, and practices in scenery painting for
the theatre. Participation on Arena Theatre
productions will be part of the class-room
requirements. Prerequisites: ART 212, THEA
148. Alternate years.
229
LIGHTING DESIGN
The theory of stage and lighting design with
emphasis on their practical application to the
theatre. Prerequisites: ART 212, THEA 148.
Alternate years.
231
SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM
Practical application in construction, design
and production problems and techniques
through laboratory and plays in production.
Prerequisite: THEA 148. Offered summer only.
232
STAGE MAKEUP
Essentials in stage makeup: straight,
character, special types. Effects of light on
makeup are included. Recommended for
perfonners and directors of educational, church
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years.
233
ADVANCED MAKEUP
Advanced techniques in makeup design.
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232.
One-half unit of credit. A I tenia te years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and
modem dance at the intennediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
1 35- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as
MUS 235-236.
245
ACTING II
Exploration of contemporary realism
through intensive character analysis, mono-
logue work, and scene study. Prerequisite:
THEA 145.
320
COSTUME DESIGN
The theory of costuming for the stage,
elements of design, planning, production and
construction of costumes for the theatre.
Students will participate in the construction of
costumes for faculty-directed productions.
Prerequisites: ART 212 and THEA 148. or
consent of instructor. Majors may take
concurrently with THEA 145. Alternate years.
326
DIRECTING II
Continued exploration of the director's
role in the production process with emphasis
on the director's work in rehearsal. Practical
application will include the direction of a one-
act play with student actors in the Downstage
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. Alternate
years.
332
THEATRE HISTORY I
An investigation of the Western theatre as
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic,
cultural, social, economic, religious, and
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts repre-
senting specific eras will be studied as histori-
cal evidence of theatre practice. Focuses on
the origins of the theatre through 1 700.
Alternate years.
333
THEATRE HISTORY II
An investigation of the Western theatre as
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic,
cultural, social, economic, religious, and
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts repre-
senting specific eras will be studied as histori-
cal evidence of theatre practice. Focuses on
the early 1 8'*' century through the theatre
today. Prerequisite: THEA 332. Alternate
years.
335
MODERN DRAMA
An examination of selected examples of
dramatic literature from the modem theatre,
1 875 to the present. The course will focus on
a single topic within this framework, such as
American drama, American musical theatre,
European drama, absurdist drama, epic drama,
expressionistic drama, perfonnance art, etc.
Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
337
PLAYWRITING
An investigation of the techniques of
playwriting with an emphasis on creative
writing, culminating in a written one-act
play. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and
THEA 226. Alternate years.
345
ACTING III
Exploration of historical acting styles
including Greek, commedia dell 'arte, Elizabe-
than, comedy of manners, melodrama, and
expressionism. Practical application will
include character analysis, monologue work,
and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 245.
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
-•'
402
SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE
A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc-
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating
works from the page to the stage, with special
attention to language, poetry, and acting styles
as well as technical problems. Contemporary
productions will be viewed. Prerequisites:
THEA 332 and 333, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
410
THEATRE AND CULTURE
Exploration of one or more historic periods
in a specific locale to discover the nature of the
theatre in its cultural context. Included will be
a study of the art, music, literature, political
and social framework of the period and locale.
Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333. Alternate
years.
426
DIRECTING III
Practical application of directing in one of
the department's two performance spaces.
Prerequisites: THEA 326 and consent of
instructor. May be repeated for credit.
427
ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of costume design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisites: THEA 320 and consent of instructor.
May he repeated for credit.
428
ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of scene design for the
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
429
ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of lighting design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be re-
peated for credit.
444
ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO
Practical application of directing for studio
or main stage productions. Prerequisites:
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be
repeated for credit.
445
ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO
Practical application of acting for studio or
main stage productions. Prerequisites:
Consent of instructor and THEA 345. May be
repeated for credit.
449
SENIOR PROJECT
The practical application of one specific
theatre discipline. Students have the option of
demonstrating expertise in costume design,
scene design, lighting design, acting, or
directing for departmental productions. Other
options may include but are not limited to
design projects or one-person shows. Stu-
dents will be required to submit a formal
written proposal in the spring of their junior
year which must be approved by all full-time
Theatre Department faculty. This course is
open to senior theatre majors only.
470 - 479
INTERNSHIP (See Index)
Students in the theatre work off campus in
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne-
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity
Repertory.
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index)
Subjects for Independent Studies are
chosen in conjunction with faculty members.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Students who qualify for Departmental
Honors will produce a major independent
project in research or technical theatre.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WOMEN^S STUDIES
WOMEN'S STUDIES
(WMST)
Associate Professor: Lynn Estomin
(Co-director)
Assistant Professor: N.J. Stanley (Co-director)
Although a major in women's studies is
available only under the policies regarding
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 38),
an established minor in women's studies is
provided. WMST 200 and four of the
following courses are required for the minor.
ART 339 Women in Art
ENGL 334 Women and Literature
HIST 220 Women in History
PSCI 347 Women and Politics
PSY 341 Psychology of Women
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Gender
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies
With the approval of the coordinator, an
appropriate special course or independent
studies project may be substituted for one of
the four courses required for the minor. To
receive credit for a minor in women's studies,
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average
in courses taken for that minor.
The following course satisfies the cultural
diversity requirement: WMST 200.
200
ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of women's issues from an
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will
explore the social construction of gender,
feminist research methods and theories, and
the role of patriarchy in women's lives. Topics
may involve language, art, science, politics,
culture, violence, race, class, ethnic differ-
ences, sexuality, and pornography.
300
TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of selected topics in
Women's Studies designed to allow students to
pursue particular subjects in more depth and
detail than in the general introductory course.
With the permission of the Coordinator of the
Women s Studies Program students may repeat
this course depending on the content.
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index)
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
•
The Board Of Trustees
OFFICERS
Robert L. Shangraw '58
Chairman
First Vice President for
Investments/Retired
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
& Smith
Williamsport, PA
Donald E. Failor '68
Vice Chairman
Owner/Chartered Life
Underwriter
D.E. Failor Associates
Harrisburg, PA
Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70
Secretary
Owner/President
Campbell, Harrington & Brear
Advertising
York, PA
Harold D.
Hershberger, Jr. '51
Assistant Secretary
President
Deer Mountain Associates, Inc
Williamsport, PA
Ann S. Pepperman, Esq.
Assistant Secretary
Partner
McNemey, Page,
Vanderlin & Hall
Williamsport, PA
Brenda P. Alston-Mills '66
Professor
North Carolina State Univ.
Raleigh, NC
David R. Bahl, Esq.
Partner
McCormick Law Firm
Williamsport, PA
John R. Biggar '66
Exec. V.P. & CEO
PPL Resources, Inc.
AUentown, PA
Jay W. Cleveland, Sr.
Chainnan of the Board/CEO
Cleveland Brothers
Equipment Company
Harrisburg, PA
LYCOMING COLLEGE
James E. Douthat
President
Lycoming College
Williamsport, PA
Daniel G. Fultz '57
Exec. VP and Treasurer/
Retired
Lycoming College
Williamsport, PA
David D. Gathman '69
Consultant
Targeted Diagnostics &
Therapeutics, Inc.
Westchester PA
Arthur A. Haberberger '59
Investor and Consultant
Reading, PA
Daniel R. Hawbaker
President
Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc.
State College, PA
Michael J. Hayes '63
President and CEO
Fred's
Memphis, TN
James L. Hebe '71
President /CEO
Seagrave Fire Apparatus
Clintonville.WI
Bishop Neil L. Irons
Bishop/Retired
Central PA Conference
United Methodist Church
Mechanicsburg, PA
Dale N. Krapf '67
President
George Krapf, Jr. &
Sons, Inc.
Exton, PA
David B. Lee '61
President/CEO
Omega Financial Corp.
State College, PA
Robert G. Little '63
Family Physician
Community Medical
Associates
Halifax, PA
Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63
Community Volunteer
Williamsport, PA
Peter R. Lynn '69
CEO
Government Retirement &
Benefits, Inc.
Alexandria, VA
D. Stephen Martz '64
Consultant
Hollidaysburg Trust Co.
Hollidaysburg, PA
Norman B. Medow '60
Surgeon
Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat
Hospital
New York, NY
JohnC. Schultz
President/CEO
Jersey Shore Steel
Jersey Shore, PA
James G. Scott '70
Independent Consultant
West Newbury, MA
Hugh H. Sides '60
President
Robert M. Sides Music, Inc.
Williamsport, PA
Judge Clinton W. Smith '55
Senior Judge
Court of Common Pleas
29th Judicial District
Williamsport, PA
Charles D. Springman '59
Sr. VP Operations/Retired
May Dept. Store Co. Fndtn.
Williamsport, PA
John S. Trogner, Jr. '68
President/First Commercial
Real Estate
Treasurer/Troegs Brewing Co.
Harrisburg, PA
Phyllis L. Yasui
Nurse/Homemaker/Retired
Williamsport, PA
Alvin M.
Younger, Jr. '71
Chief Financial Officer/
Retired
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Lutherville, MD
EMERITI
David Y. Brouse '47
Manager/Retired
GTE Sylvania
Montoursville, PA
Richard W. DeWald '61
Chairman
Montgomery Plumbing
Supply Company
Montoursville, PA
Samuel H. Evert '34
Owner/Retired
Bloom Penn Constmction
Bloomsburg, PA
Rev. Kenrick R. Khan '57
Clergy /Teacher/Retired
Penney Farnis, FL
Margaret D. L'Heureux
Real Estate Broker
Fish GMAC Real Estate
Williamsport. PA
William Pickelner
President
Pickelner Fuel Oil Company
Williamsport, PA
Marguerite Rich '42
Homemaker
Woolrich, PA
Harold H. Shreckengast,
Jr. '50
Audit Partner/Retired
Price Waterhouse
Jenkintown, PA
Rev. Dr. Wallace Stettler
President/Retired
Wyoming Seminary
Dallas, PA
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
•
Administrative Staff
James E. Douthat (1989)
President
A.B., The College of William and Maiy
M.Diw, Ed.D., Duke University
JohnF. Piper, Jr. (1969)
Dean of the College
Professor of History
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D.. Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
Sue S. Gaylor (2003)
Executive Assistant to the President/
Institutional Planning Officer
A.B., Dartmouth College
Ed.M., Ed.D., Han'ard Graduate School of Ed.
Robert Griesemer (2001)
Vice President and Treasurer
B.S.. Lafayette College
Thomas Ruhl (2000)
Vice President for College Advancement
B.S., Bloomshurg University
Sue Saunders (2000)
Dean of Student Affairs
B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University
Ph.D., University of Georgia
James D.Spencer (1989)
Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid
B.A., Concordia College
Debbie L. Ackerman (1978)
Housekeeping Manager
Patricia E. Bausinger (2001)
Campus Store Manager
Keith O. Barrows (2002)
Director of Gift Planning and Manager of
Development Relations
B.A., Lycoming College
J.D., Widener University School of Law
Katie Bell (2003)
Director of Alumni & Parent Programs
B.A., Lycoming College
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Dale V. Bower (1968)
Planned Giving Consultant
B.S., Lycoming College
B.D., United Theological Seminary
Mark Britten (1994)
Director of Counseling & Wellness Services
B.A., Mansfield University
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert C. Brobson (2003)
Director of Safety & Security
B.A., Mansfield State College
M.S., California State Univ. of Long Beach
Steven Caravaggio (1992)
Director of Academic Computing
& End User Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Un iversity of Pitts bu rgh
Sara E. Chancellor (2003)
Development Officer
B.A., Lafayette College
Christine G. Coale (2003)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., George Washington University
A. A., Mt. Vernon College
Rebecca L.Collias( 1995)
Registrar
B.A., Point Park University
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshman
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Robert L. Curry (1969)
Associate Director of Athletics
B.A., Lycoming College
Molly Costello Daly (1991)
Director of College Relations
A.B.. Mount Holyoke College
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University'
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Robert C. Dietrich (2000)
Sports Information Director
B.S., Westminster College
Jeffrey P. Dietz (2003)
Student Life Coordinator
B.S.. Pennsylvania State Univ.-Altoona
Matthew G. Edmonds (2002)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Jason J. Etter (2003)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Jerry S. Falco (1990)
Director of Career Development Center
B.S., Westminster College
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Stephanie E. Fortin (2002)
Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Kutztown University
Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994)
Catholic Campus Minister
A.B., M.A., M.S., Matywood College
Frank L. Girardi (1984)
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Sharon E. Hamilton (2003)
Instructional Services Librarian/Coordinator
of Information Literacy & Outreach
B.A., Youngstown State University
M.S.L.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania
Murray J. Hanford (1991)
Publications Manager
Alexander C. Hartmann (2003)
Director of Prospect Research
B.A., Indiana University
M.A., University of Chicago
Daniel J. Hartsock (1981)
Assistant Dean for Sophomores
Director of Academic Resource Center and
Coordinator of Advising
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
David Heffner (1994)
Assoc. Dean/Director of
Communications Technology
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Bloomshurg University
David Heiney (1997)
Director of Administrative Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
Ed.D., Nova University
Joanna M. Holcombe
Instructional Services Librarian & Assistant
Professor, Library
B.A., Davidson College
M.S., University of Tennessee
Nancy Hollick (1990)
Staff Accountant
A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
B.S., Lock Haven University
Maramonne Houseknecht (2000)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Niagara University
J. Marco Hunsberger (1989)
Campus Minister
B.A., Mercer University
M.Div., United Theological Seminary
Susan Jewell (1999)
Director Student Programs/Leadership
Development
B.A., Allegheny College
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Laura C. Johnson (2003)
Director of Student Recreation & Conferences
B.S., Rutgers University, Cook College
M.S., Ohio University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
•
Michelle M. Jones (1996)
Director of Accounting
B.A.. Lycoming College
Jane C. Keller (1998)
Asst. Director Academic Resource Center
B.A., Bucknell University
M.S., Wilkes University
Wayne E. Kinley (1990)
Controller and Assistant Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
F. Douglas Kuntz (2000)
Director of Physical Plant
B.S., West Virginia University
Sandi L. Lander (1995)
Director of Administrative Computing
B.S., SUNY College at Brockport
Linda B. Loehr (2001)
Registered Nurse, Health Services
Jamie A. Lowthert (2004)
Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Blooms burg University
M.S., University of Kentucky
Kathy A. Lucas (1998)
Registered Nurse, Health Services
Melissa A. Masse (2001)
Assistant Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Lycoming College
Jason L. McCahan (2001)
Assistant Director of Annual Giving
B.A., Lock Haven University
Anne L. McMunn (1996)
Coordinator of Internships and
Assistant to the Director of IMS
B..4., Bloomshurg University
Heather R. Myers (2001)
Asst. Director Student Programs/Leadership
Development
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Canisius College
Michelle M. Parks (2001)
Assistant Director of Admissions
B.A., Lycoming College
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Lynn C. Pierson (2003)
Student Life Coordinator
M.A., Edinboro University
B.A., Penn State Erie, The Behrend College
Denise Robinson (1994)
Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life
B.A., Clark University
M. S. , Mia mi Un ivers ity of Oh io
Mary E. Savoy (2002)
Assistant Registrar
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Cindy Springman (1999)
Bursar
A.A., Williamsport Area Community College
Sondra L. Stipcak (1995)
Nurse, Director of Health Services
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA
Valerie E. Troutman (2003)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Jennifer Wilson (2000)
Director of Annual Giving
B.S., Carnegie Mellon University
Emeriti
Jack C. Buckle
Dean of Students Emeritus
A.B., Juniata College
M.S., Syracuse University
Harold H. Hutson
President Emeritus
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College
Ph.D., University of Chicago
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University
Bishop D. Frederick Wertz
President Emeritus
A.B., Dickinson College
M.A., S.T.B., Boston University
LL.D., Dickinson College
D.D., Lycoming College
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Faculty
* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2004
** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2004-05
Professors
Howard C. Berthoid, Jr. (1976)
Psychology
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College
M.A., Un iversity of Iowa
Ph.D., The Universit}' of Massachusetts
Gary M. Boerckel (1979)
Music
B.A., B.M., Oberlin College
M.M., Ohio University
D.M.A., University of Iowa
Sascha Feinstein (1995)
English
B.A., University of Rochester
M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
David A. Franz (1970)
Chemistry
A.B., Princeton University
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Amy Golahny (1985)
Art'
B.A., Brandeis University
M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute
M. Phil. Ph.D., Columbia University
Stephen R. Griffith (1970)
Philosophy
A.B., Cornell University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
G. W. Hawkes (1989)
English
B.A., University of Washington-Seattle
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton
Richard A. Hughes (1970)
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion
B.A., University of Indianapolis
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University
Robert H. Larson (1969)
History
B.A.. The Citadel
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Mehrdad Madresehee (1986)
Economics
B.S., University of Tehran
M.S., National University of Iran
M.S., University of Idaho
Ph.D., Washington State University
Chriss McDonald (1987)
Chemistry
B.S., Manchester College
Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio
Richard J. Morris (1976)
History
John P. Graham Teaching Professorship
B.A., Boston State College
M.A., Ohio University^
Ph.D., New York University
Carole Moses (1982)
English
B.A., Adelphi University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., SUNY atBinghamton
JohnF. Piper, Jr. (1969)
History
Dean of the College
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
David J. Rife (1970)
English
B.A., University of Florida
M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Michael G. Roskin (1972)
Political Science
Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor
A.B., University of California at Berkeley
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles
Ph.D., The American University
Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) **
Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Roger D.Shipley (1967)
Art
The Logan Richmond Professorship
B.A.. Otterbein College
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) *
Music
A.B., Syracuse University
B.M., Ithaca College
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton
D.M.A., Cornell University
JohnM. Whelan,Jr. (1971)
Philosophy
B.A., University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Stan T. Wilk (1973)
Sociology/ Anthropology
B.A., Hunter College
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979)
Biology
The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
M.S., Ph.D., Miami University
Associate Professors
Jerry D. Allen (1984)
Theatre
B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University
Susan K. Beidler(1975)
Collection Management Services Librarian
B.A., University of Delaware
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Holly D.Bendorf (1995)
Chemistry
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D.. University of California-Los Angeles
Barbara F.Buedel (1989)
Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D.. Yale University
Timothy Carter (1999)
Criminal Justice
B.A., M.C.J. , University of South Carolina
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Richard R. Erickson (1973)
Astronomy and Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
B. Lynn Estomin (1993)
Art '
B.A., Antioch College
M.F.A., University of Cincinnati
David Fisher (1984)
Astronomy/Physics
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Edward G. Gabriel (1977)
Biology
B.A., M.A., Alfred University
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Gary Hafer (1992)
English
B.A., M.A., Kutztown University
Ph.D., Purdue University
David K. Haley (1980)
Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Acadia University
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University
Ph.D., Universitat Mannheim
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Director of Library Services
Associate Dean
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
Sandra L. Kingery (1998)
Foreign Languages
B.S., Lawrence University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison
Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Darby Lewes (1993)
English
B.A., Saint Xavier College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., University of Chicago
Litt.D., Wilson College (Honoris Causa)
9
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Eileen M. Peluso (1998)
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Gene D. Sprechini (1981)
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Wilkes College
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Philip W. Sprunger (1993)
Economics
B.S, B.A., Bethel College
M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University
H. Bruce Weaver (1974)
Business Administration
Director of Institute for Management Studies
B.B.A., Stetson University
J.D., Vanderbilt University
M.B.A., University of Central Florida
David S. Witwer (1994)
History
B.A., DePauw University
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University
David H.Wolfe (1989)**
Astronomy /Physics
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., Kent State University
Assistant Professors
Susan Beery (1999)
Psychology
B.A., Duke University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami
Michelle Briggs (1992)
Biology
Director of Lycoming Scholars
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999)
Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of
Pennsylvania
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Santusht S. deSilva (1983)
Mathematical Sciences
B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Alka Gandhi (2003)
Economics
B.A., Duke University
M.A., University of Kansas
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Owen F. Herring (1965)
Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest College
Garett Heysel (1999)
Foreign Languages
B.A., Middlebwy College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Rachael Hungerford (1989)
Education
A.A., Cayuga County Community College
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst
Steven R. Johnson (1999)
Religion
B.A., California State University, Fullerton
M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminaty
M.A., Miami University of Ohio
M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University
Maria W. Jones (2002)
Education
B.A., D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College
M.Ed., Clarion University
Sue A. Kelley (1999)
Psychology
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Steven Koehn (1997)
Communication
B.A., VA Polytechnic & State University
M.A., Pepperdine University
D.Ed., West Virginia University
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG I
FACULTY
•
Bonita Kolb (2002)
Business Administration
B.A., Alaska Pacific University
M.S., Ph.D., Golden Gate University
Virginia Lewis (2004)
Foreign Languages
B.A., Auburn University
M.A./M.Phil, Universitat Hamburg
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Joseph L. Lipar (2002)
Biology
B.S., Michigan State University
Ph.D., Indiana University
Charles H. Mahler (1994)
Chemistry
B.A., The Ohio State University^
M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Justin C. Matus (2004)
Business Administration
B.S., King's College
M.B.A., Golden Gate University
Ph.D., Old Dominion University
Terence W. McGarvey (2004)
Biology
B.A., Hofstra University
M.S., Long Island University
Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago
Mary E. Morrison (2004)
Biology
B.A., Princeton University
M.A./M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University
Jeffrey D. Newman (1995)
Biology
B.S., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Marquette University
Kurt H. Olsen (1993)
Psychology
Marshal of the College
B.S., St. Lawrence University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Susan M. Ross (1998)
Sociology/Anthropology
B.A., Millersville University
M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Donald Slocum (1995)
Accounting
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., The American University
Ph.D., Syracuse University
C.P.A., Washington, DC.
N. J. Stanley (2002)
Theatre
B.S., Louisiana State University
M.F.A., Florida State Univ., Tallahassee
Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington
Arthur Sterngold (1988)
Business Administration
B.A., Princeton University
M.B.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Howard Tran (2002)
Art
B.F.A., Academy of Art College
M.F.A., Boston University
Richard E. Wienecke (1982)*
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
M.B.A., Long Island University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York)
Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978)
Communication
B.A., Emory University
M. Div., Yale Divinity School
M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
Jonathan Williamson (2002)
Political Science
B.A., University of Houston
M.A., Ph.D., Emory University
Cui Yin (2003)
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Qufu Normal University
M.S., Fudam University
Ph.D., University^ of Pennsylvania
Instructors
Deborah J. Holmes (1976)
Physical Education
B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Robin Knauth (1999)
Religion
A.B., Princeton University
M.T.S., Regeirt College
Visiting, Special, and
Part-time Appointments
Diane Abercrombie (1988)
Mathematical Sciences
B.BusAdmin., Bernard M. Banich College, CUNY
George C. Adams, Jr. (2003)
Religion
B.A., Susquehanna University
M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University
Mark A. Anderson (2004)
CriminalJustice
B.S., St. Lawrence University
M.S., Northeastern Universtiy
Steve Bastian (2004)
Art
Amy Cartal-Falk (1991)
Foreign Languages
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Cullen Chandler (2003)
History
B.A., Austin College
M.A., Fordham University
Ph.D., Purdue University
Ted Chappen (1994)
Philosophy
B.A., Bucknell University
M.A., University' of Chicago
Katharine Cimini (1992)
Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., College of William and Mary
Joan Moyer Clark (1987)
Music/Theatre
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematical
Sciences
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Roger Davis (1984)
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Pamela Dill (1990)
Wellness
B.S.N. , University of the State of New York
at Albany
M.S.N., University' of Pennsylvania
Karen Franz-Fry (2003)
Education
B.S., Educ, M.S.Educ, Bloomsburg University
Pamela Gaber (2002)
Religion- Archaeology
B.A., University of Wisconson, Madison
A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
Jay Gordon (2003)
Education
B.A., M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
Kathy Foresman Gorg (2004)
Art
B.A., Kutztown University
Robert Graham (2003)
Theatre
B.A., Kennesaw State University,
Charles Guttendorf (2003)
CriminalJustice
B.A., M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Katherine Hill (2003)
Psychology
B.A., Colorado College
M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University
Daniel Hunter (2004)
Foreign Languages
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Jeremiah Johnson (2004)
Theatre
B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple
Univeristy
M.F.A., Syracuse University
Craig Kauffman (1994)
Art
B.S., Kutztown State College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
O
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Jennifer L. Knapp (2004)
Communication
B.A., Canisius College
M.S.. Ed.D.. West Virginia University
Lauri Kremer (1996)
Accounting
B.A.. Lycoming College
Don M. Larrabee, II (1972)
Lecturer in Law
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College
LL.B., Fordham University
Timothy Mahoney (1992)
Sociology
B.A., Lock Haven State University
M.S., Eastern Kentucky University
Betty Lynn McCall (2004)
Sociology
B.A., Lamar University
M.S., Baylor University
M.A., Ph.D., Vanderhilt University
Lisa McNerney (2002)
Foreign Languages
B.S., University of Oregon
M.A., Bloomshurg University
William Miele (2001)
Criminal Justice
B.A., Lycoming College
L.L., Stetson University of Law
John Mitchell (1999)
Psychology
B.A., Florida State University
Psy.D.. Indiana State University
Diane Mosser-Wooley (2003)
Business Administration
^.5'., Lock Haven University'
M.S., Mississippi State University
Janice Ogurcak (2001)
Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier
B.A., Pennsylvania State University
Janet Patterson (2004)
Education
B.A., The King's College, New York
M.Ed., Bloomshurg University
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Hans Conrad Philippen (2004)
Psychology
B.S., Towson State University
M.A., Ph.D., Hofstra University
Todd Preston (2003)
English
B.A., State Universit}' of New York at Geneseo
M.A., State University of New York, Albany
Thomas Raup (1995)
Legal Studies
A.B., Colimibia College
J.D., Columbia School of Law
Gene Remoff (2003)
Business Administration
B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University
M.S., Universit}' of Pennsylvania
Larry Rhinehart (2001)
Education
B.S., Mansfield State University
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
Kim Rhone (1999)
Art
B.A., Lycoming College
Edward R. Robbins (2001)
Criminal Justice
B.A., Mansfield State University
M.S., Shippensburg University
Anthony Salvatori (1988)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven State University
M.Ed., Bloomshurg University
J. David Smith (2001)
Political Science
B.A., Johns Hopkins University
J.D., Temple Universit}' School of Law
James States (2003)
Art
B.A., Lycoming College
Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992)
Art
B.S., Kutztown University
M.A., Alfred University
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Donald E. Simanek (2004)
Astronomy/Physics
B.A., M.S., The University of Iowa
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Don Stuart (2001)
English
B.A., Hamilton College
M.A., Duke University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Maureen Terry (2001)
Mathematics
B.S.Ed., Lock Haven University
Master Eqiiiv., The Pennsylvania State Univ.
Andrea Tira (2003)
Foreign Languages
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College
M.Ed., Temple University
Robin Van Auken (2003)
Communication
B.A., M.A., Universit}' of South Florida
Bradley Williams (2004)
Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Miami University
Tiffany Wishard (2000)
Political Science
B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law
Christopher J. Woodruff (2000)
Visiting Instmctor of Music
B.M.E., Louisiana State University
M.Mus., Northwestern University
Applied Music Instructors
Richard Adams (2002)
Woodwinds
B.A., Lycoming College
Rebecca Anstey (2001)
Brass
B.Mus., Lawrence University
M.Mus., Eastman School of Music
Melissa Becker (2003)
Strings
B.S., Clarion University^ of Pennsylvania
B.M., M.A., M.M., The Pennsylvania State
University
Tim Breon (1998)
Electronic Music Lab
PA Governor's School for the Arts
Richard Campbell (1989)
Woodwinds
B.M., Eastman School of Music
Jaclyn Gilbert (2003)
Voice
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert Hickey (2002)
Woodwinds
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Richard J. Lakey (1979)
Organ and Piano
A.B., Westminster Choir College
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Robert Leidhecker (1989)
Percussion
B.M., Mansfield University
Yvonne Lundquist (1992)
Piano
B.A., Lycoming College
Janice Miller Mianulli (2001)
Voice
B.M.E., Westminister Choir College
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy,
The Pennsylvania State University
Andrew Rammon (2001)
Strings
B.A., Pepperdine University
M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music
Wendy Savoy (2003)
Voice
B.M., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania
Jennifer Schmidt (2003)
Voice
B.M., San Jose State University
M.M., Northwestern University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Adjunct Faculty & Staff
Manjula Balasubramanian, M.D.
Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program Graduate Hospital
Philadelphia, PA 19146
Jean Buchenhorst, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program Graduate Hospital
Philadelphia, PA 19146
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
James Eastman, M.D.
Medical Director, School of Medical Technol-
ogy
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 1 7603
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of Medical
Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA J 7603
Joseph T. King, M.D.
Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist
Clinical Laboratoiy Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Sayre,PA 18840
Willem Lubbe, M.D.
Medical Director CLS Program
Williamsport Hospital
Williamsport, PA 1 7701
Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director
Williamsport Hospital CLS Program
Williamsport, PA 17701
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington. PA 19001
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP)
Program Director
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Emeriti
Susan Alexander
Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University
Robert B. Angstadt
Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., Ursinus College
M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University
Jon R. Bogle
Professor Emeritus of Art
B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art;
Temple University
Clarence W. Burch
Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Mr. John H. Conrad
Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S., Mansfield State College
M.A., New York University
JackD. Diehl,Jr. (1971)
Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Robert F. Falk
Professor Emeritus of Theatre
B.A., B.D., Drew University
M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University
Dr. Morton A. Fineman
Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.A., Indiana University^
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Ernest P. Giglio
Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.A., Queens College
M.A.. SUNY at Albany
Ph.D., Syracuse University
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
John P. Graham
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Dickinson College
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Eduardo Guerra
Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.D., Southern Methodist Universit}?
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary
John G. Hancock
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.S. Biicknell University^
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hollenback
Professor Emeritus of Business Administration
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
James K. Hummer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.N.S., Tufts University
M.S., Middlebwy College
Ph.D., University of North Carolina
Bruce M. Hurlbert
Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services
B.A., The Citadel
M.S.L.S., Florida State University
M. Raymond Jamison
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Ursinus College
M.S., Bucknell University^
Emily R. Jensen
Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Jamestown College
M.A., University of Denver
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert J. B. Maples
Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang.
A.B. , University of Rochester
Ph.D., Yale University
Roger W. Opdahl
Professor Emeritus of Economics
A.B., Hofstra University
M.A., Columbia University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Kathleen D. Pagana
Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Maryland
M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Doris P. Parrish
Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.S, SUNY at Pittsburgh
M.S., Russell Sage College
Ph.D., University! of Texas at Austin
Robert W. Rabold
Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., The Penn.n'lvania State University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
John A. Radspinner
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Richmond
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute
Logan A. Richmond
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., New York University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Mary Landon Russell
Associate Professor Emerita of Music
Mus. B., Susquehanna University
Consen'atoiy of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Louise R. Schaeffer
Associate Professor Emerita of Education
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
James W. Sheaffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Frances K. Skeath
Professor Emerita of Mathematics
A.B., M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John A. Stuart
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., William Jewell College
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Robert A. Zaccaria
Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.A., Bridgewater College
Ph.D., University of Virginia
^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ATHLETIC STAFF
Athletic Staff
Kara Bates
Head Women's Lacrosse Coach
B.S., Bowling Green State University
B.S.. SUNY at Brockport
Jason Betz
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
David Bower
Football Coach
B.A., Lock Haven University
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Gary Brown
Assistant Football Coach
Roger Crebs
Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
A. C. Cruz
Strength Coach
B.A.. Lycoming College
Robert L. Curry
Associate Athletic Director
B.A., Lycoming College
Christen Ditzler
Head Women's Basketball Coach
Head Women's Softball Coach
B.A.. Franklin & Marshall College
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
John Dorner
Head Men's Tennis Coach
Kara DuMond
Assistant Women's Soccer Coach
B.S., Messiah College
Royce Eyer
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Mike Fiamingo
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Mansfield University
Marshall Fisher
Assistant Football Coach
B.S., Lock Haven University
Robyn Flaherty
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A.. Lycoming College
Shana Fleece
Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.A., Messiah College
M.S.. C.S.C.S., Bloomshiirg University
Donald Friday
Head Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., M.B.A., Lebanon Valley
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ATHLETIC STAFF
Frank L. Girardi
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Jerry Girardi
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Gerald Hammaker
Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach
B.A., The College ofWooster
Kristi Hammaker
Assistant Swimming Coach
B.S., Clarion Universit}'
M.H.A., Pennsylvania State University
Scott Hill
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Deborah J. Holmes
Women's Tennis Coach
B.S., M.S.. Pennsylvania State University
Vonnie Kaiser
Assistant Women's Tennis Coach
B.A.. Lycoming College
Scott Kennell
Head Men's & Women's Soccer Coach
B.S., North Carolina Wesley an College
Lyndy LeVan
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Trevor Loehr
Assistant Men's Soccer Coach
B.S., Lycoming College
Kathy Loy
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A., Shippensburg University
M.Ed., M.A., Bloomsburg University
Joe Lumbis
Equipment Manager
Joseph Lutz
Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Timothy P. McMahon
Head Women's Volleyball Coach
A.B., Penn College
B.S. Mgnt., Lock Haven University
Scott Miner
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., Bloomsburg
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
Joe Moore
Assistant Women's Softball Coach
Dan Muthler
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy
Frank Neu
Head Athletic Trainer
B.A., Central College
M.S., Drake University
Tom Packard
Assistant Volleyball Coach
Mike Pearson
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Jeffrey Rauff
Assistant Swimming Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Shawn Rosa
Head Men's Lacrosse Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Kathy Schick
Cheerleading Advisor
Jesse Smith
Assistant Football Coach
Jamie Spencer
Head Golf Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
David Stark
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Mike Weber
Assistant Football Coach
B.A.. Lycoming College
Steve Wiser
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Adrienne Wydra
Head Cross Country Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Matt Yonkin
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Richard Zaionis
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lock Haven University
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
Administrative Support Staff
Clifford E. Allen
Security Officer
LorriAmrom
Faculty Secretary
Martha Ashenfelder
Help Desk Coordinator
Lisa D. Barrett
Library Technician, Technical Services
Melody A. Bartlett
Secretary, Director of Physical Plant
Mark D. Earner
Shift Supervisor, Safety & Security
Michael J. Beatty
Security Shift Supervisor
Kathleen J. Bennett
Faculty Secretary
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Cynthia Bezilla
Library Evening Proctor
Beth Bickel
Accounts Payable Coordinator
Brigitte C. Brahms
Telecommunications Coordinator
Chad W. Buttorff
Security Officer
Diane M. Carl
Executive Secretary to President
Barbara J. Carlin
Executive Secretary to Dean of
Admissions & Financial Aid
Diana L. Cleveland
System Administrator
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
Carol J. Counsil
Secretary, Residence Life
Richard L. Cowher II
Printing Services Coordinator
June V. Creveling
Secretary, Buildings & Grounds
and Safety & Security
Mary E. Dahlgren
Data Information Specialist & Project
Supervisor
Linda R. Delong
Switchboard Operator, Receptionist
Jonathan DeSantis
StaffTechnician
Rosemarie DiRocco
Faculty Secretary, Music & Art/Gallery
Director
Brianne Dopirak
Box Office & House Manager
Julia Dougherty
Library Technician, Archives
Terri R. Driscoll
Textbook/Supply Coordinator
Debra Fedroff
Mailroom Coordinator
Peggy Fenstermacher
Information Data Specialist, Secretary
Nicole S. Franquet
Network Administrator
Beatrice D. Gamble
Student Information Specialist
Geralynn A. Gerber
Campus Store Assistant
Diane J. Hassinger
Executive Secretary to Dean of College
AH I. Helminiak
Cashier & Bookkeeper
Esther L. Henninger
Secretary, Athletics
MaryAnn Hollenbach
Faculty Secretary
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Barbara E. Horn
Faculty Secretary
Jeffrey S. Huff
Security Officer
Tamara Hutson
Libraiy Technician, Assistant to the Director
Sandra L. Jansson
Secretary, College Relations
Ronald A. Johnson
Security Officer
Patricia L. Karschner
Biographical Records Specialist
David M. Kelchner
Systems Analyst
Leslie J. Kennedy-Noble
Assistant to the Registrar
Margaret I. Kimble
Secretary, Career Development Center
Donna M. Laughrey
Purchasing Coordinator
Tina J. Lorson
Housing Coordinator
Cathi A. Lutz
Personnel Coordinator
John J. Maness
Security Shift Supervisor
Nielin L. Meredith
Admissions Data Entry Clerk
Zee L. Merkel
Switchboard Operator & Receptionist
Tracy B. Miles
Special Events Coordinator, Executive
Secretary
Rebecca R. Miller
Secretary, Financial Aid
Tara Miller
Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator
Leroy C. Mosteller
Security Officer
Marlene L. Neece
Library Technician, Document Delivery
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
Susan Nelson
Library Technician, Access Services
Ben Pelipesky
Media Technology Coordinator
Laura T. Printzenhoff
Faculty Secretary
Wilma L Reeder
Library Technician, Serials Manager
Diana Salamone
Coordinator of Student Computing
Brenda Schmick
Gift Records Specialist & Secretary
Debbie Smith
Office Manager, Secretary Alumni &
Development
Marilyn E. Smith
Printing Services Assistant
Gail M. Spencer
Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor
Amy L. Starr
Programmer Analyst
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Michelle M. Sullivan
Database Administrator
Sheran L. Swank
Faculty Secretary
Judy E. Walker
Secretary, Health Services
Donna A. Weaver
Secretary, Student Programs/Leadership
Development
Roberta Wheeler
Secretary, Athletics
Mary S. White
Campus Store Clerk
Joyce E. Wilson
Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen
Jean C. Wool
Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs
Cristen J. Yothers
Security Shift Supervisor
Salvatore Zangara
Mailroom Assistant
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association
The Lycoming College Alumni Association
has a membership of over 13,000 men and
women. It is governed by an Executive Board
consisting of 32 members-at-large. The Board
includes members representing various class
years and geographic areas, the senior class
president, the current student body president,
and past president of the last graduating class
and the Student Senate of Lycoming College.
The Director of Alumni & Parent Programs
manages the activities of the Alumni Office.
The Alumni Association has the following
purpose as stated in the constitution: "As an
off-campus constituency, the Association's
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an active
and mutually beneficial relationship between the
College and its alumni, utilizing their talents,
resources and counsel to further the objectives
and programs of Lycoming College."
All fonner students of Williamsport
Dickinson Seminary and all fonner students
LYCOMING COLLEGE
who have successfully completed one year of
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior
College or Lycoming College are considered
members of the association.
Acting as the representative of alumni on
the campus and working also with undergradu-
ates, the Alumni Office is responsible for
keeping alumni informed and interested in the
programs, growth and activities of the College
through regular publications mailed to all
alumni on record. Arrangements for Home-
coming, Class Reunions, Family Weekend,
Regional Alumni Chapter events and meetings
meetings, and similar activities are coordinated
through this office. Through the Lycoming
College Annual Fund, the Alumni office is
closely associated with the development
program of the college. Communications to
the Alumni Association should be addressed to
the Alumni & Parent Programs Office.
^R
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
Alumni Association executive board
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2007
Thomas Beamer '74
Andrew A. Bucke '71
David E. Detwiler, III '75
Heather Duda '98
David Freet '68
John J. Joe '59
Mark J. Ohhnger '92
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2006
Brian L. Belz '96
Brenda J. Bowser '98
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86
Nancy Gieniec '59
Patricia M. Krauser '68
John C. Shorb '76
BrianD. Vasey '81
David A. Walsh '76
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005
D. Keigh Earisman '58
Andrew Gross '59
John Lea, III '80
Erman E. Lepley, JR. '78
John T. Murray, III '81
Matthew T. Pivirotto '98
James G. Scott '70
Gary Spies '72
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2004
Robert L. Bender '59
Karin P. Botto '93
Bonnie Bowes '62
Meredith Rambo Murray '92
Cheryl Eck Spencer '70
Jay Thomson '86
Linda L. Wallace '77
Dennis Youshaw '61
Members of the Board Serving a
One-Year Term
Student Senate of Lycoming College
(SSLC) President
Christine M.CoUela '04
(SSLC) Past President
Stephen Sharp '03
2004 Senior Class President
Timothy F. Sullivan '04
2003 Senior Class President
Tricia O'Connor '03
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INDEX
Index
Academic Advising 46
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Honesty/Standing 30-31
Academic Honors 31
Academic Program 32
Accounting Curriculum 53
Accounting-Mathematics 56
Admission to Lycoming 10
Advanced Placement 26
Advanced Standing by Transfer 11,26
Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 46
Alumni Association 184
American Studies Curriculum 57
Anthropology Curriculum 156
Application Fee and Deposits 13
Applied Music Requirements 136
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient
Near East 58
Art Curriculum 59
Astronomy and Physics 65
Astronomy Curriculum 65
Audit 28
Biology Curriculum 71
Board of Trustees 166
Business Administration Curriculum 79
Campus Facilities 6
Capitol Semester 50
Career Development Services 22
Chemistry Curriculum 83
Christian Ministry, Advising for 47
Class Attendance 28
College and the Church 6
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 26
Communication Curriculum 87
Community Service Curriculum 143
Computer Science Curriculum 125
Conduct, Standards of 24
Contingency Deposits 14
Cooperative Programs 40
Engineering 40
Environmental Studies 41
Forestry 41
Medical Technology 41
Military Science 42
Optometry 42
Podiatry 42
Counseling, Personal 22
Course Credit by Examination 26
Creative Writing 104
Criminal Justice Curriculum 92
Cultural Diversity 35
Degree Programs/Requirements 33
Dental School, Preparation 39
Departmental Honors 45
Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14
Distribution Requirements 34
English 35
Fine Arts 35
Foreign Language 35
Humanities 35
Mathematics 35
Natural Sciences 35
Social Sciences 35
Economics Curriculum 95
Education Curriculum 99
Educational Opportunity Grants 19
Engineering, Cooperative Program 40
English Curriculum 104
English Requirement 35
Entrance Examination (CEEB) 26
Environmental Science Minor 72
Environmental Studies 41
Established Interdisciplinary Major 38
Faculty 170
Financial Aid/Assistance 16
Financial Matters 13
Fine Arts Requirements 35
Foreign Language Requirement 35
Foreign Languages and
Literatures Curriculum 109
Forestry, Cooperative Program 41
French Curriculum 110
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INDEX
German Curriculum 112
Grading System 28
Graduation Requirements 34
Greek Curriculum 154
Health Professions, Preparation 46
Health Services 22
Hebrew Curriculum 155
History Curriculum 1 16
Honors Program 43
Honor Societies 32
Humanities Requirement 35
Independent Study 48
Institute for Management Studies 120
Interdisciplinary Majors 38
Established Majors 38
Individual Majors 38
International Studies 122
Internship Programs 49
Legal Professions, Preparation 40
Literature 124
Loans 20
Lycoming Scholar Program 43
Major 37
Admission to 37
Departmental 37
Interdisciplinary 38
Management Scholars Program 120
Mathematical Sciences 125
Mathematic Requirements 35
Mathematics Curriculum 127
May Tenn 48
Medical School, Preparation 46
Medical Technology 41
Military Science Curriculum 131
Minor 38
Music Curriculum 133
Natural Science Requirement 35
Non-degree Students 27
Optometry 42
Optometry School, Preparation 46
Osteopathy School, Preparation 46
Oxford-Brooks Semester 51
Payment of Fees 14
Philadelphia Semester 50
Philosophy Curriculum 138
Physical Activity, Wellness
& Community Service Program 142
Physical Activity Curriculum 142
Physics Curriculum 68
Placement Services 20
Pediatric Medicine,
Cooperative Program 42
Political Science Curriculum 143
Pre-Medicine 39
Psychology Curriculum 146
Readmission 12
Refunds 14
Registration 27
Religion Curriculum 151
Repeated Courses 30
Reserve Officer Training
Corps Program (ROTC) 42
Residence and Residence Halls 7
Scholarships/Grants 19
Scholarships (ROTC) 21
Scholar Seminar 155
Social Science Requirement 35
Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 156
Spanish Curriculum 1 14
Staff 167, 179, 181
State Grants and Loans 20
Student Records 26
Study Abroad 50
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 20
Theatre Curriculum 160
Theological Professions, Advising 47
Transfer Credit 1 1,26
Unit Course System 25
United Nations Semester 50
Washington Semester 50
Wellness Curriculum 142
Withdrawal from College 28
Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12
Women's Studies 165
Work-Study Grants 21
Writing Across The Curriculum Program .... 36
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Communicating with lycoming college
Please address specific
inquiries as follows:
Director of Admissions:
Admissions; requests for publications
Treasurer:
Payment of bills; expenses
Director of Financial Aid:
Scholarships and loan fund;
financial assistance
Dean of the College:
Academic programs; faculty;
faculty activities; academic support
services
Assistant Dean for Freshmen:
Freshman Seminar; freshman
academic concerns
Dean of Student Affairs:
Student activities; residence halls;
religious life; health services
Registrar:
Student records; transcript requests;
academic policies
Career Development Center:
Career counseling; employment
opportunities
Vice President for Development:
Institutional relations; annual fund;
gift programs
Athletic Director:
Varsity Sports
Director of Alumni and
Parent Programs:
Alumni information; Homecoming;
Family Weekend activities
Director of College Relations:
Public infonnation; publications;
sports information; media relations
All correspondence
should be addressed to:
Lycoming College
700 College Place
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 -5 1 92
The College telephone number
is (570) 321-4000
http ://www.ly coming.edu
Visitors
Lycoming welcomes visitors to the
campus. If you would like a guided tour,
call the Office of Admissions
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to
arrange a mutually convenient time.
Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances,
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex,
race, religion, handicap, finances, national
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra-
tion of any of its policies and programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG
r- ■
r-
r
-<
>■
n
CO
C
T3
O
S
13
i__i
H
t:
■0
r^,
n
o
m
CD =
i.3
00 "D
>
OcgO
CD CQ
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11